1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 namespace {
132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
133   NotFound,
134   FoundNonType,
135   FoundType
136 };
137 } // namespace
138 
139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
140 /// dependent class.
141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
145                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
146                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
147   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
148     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
149   // Look for type decls in base classes.
150   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
151       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
152   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
153     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
154     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
155       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
156     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
157       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
158       // templates.
159       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
160         continue;
161       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
162       if (!TD)
163         continue;
164       auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
165           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
166       if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
167         continue;
168       BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
169     }
170     if (BaseRD) {
171       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
172         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
173           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
174         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
175       }
176       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
177         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
178         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
179           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
180         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
181           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
182           break;
183         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
184           break;
185         }
186       }
187     }
188   }
189 
190   return FoundTypeDecl;
191 }
192 
193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
194                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
195                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
196   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
197   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
198   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
199       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
200   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
201        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
202        DC = DC->getParent()) {
203     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
204     // templates.
205     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
206     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
207       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
208   }
209   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
210     return ParsedType();
211 
212   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
213   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
214   // lookup during template instantiation.
215   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
216 
217   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
218   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
219                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
220   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
221 
222   CXXScopeSpec SS;
223   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
224 
225   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
226   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
227   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
228   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
229   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
230   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
231 }
232 
233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
234 /// return the declaration of that type.
235 ///
236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
242                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
243                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
244                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
245                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
246                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
247                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
248   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
249   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
250   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
251     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
252     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
253       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
254   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
255     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
256 
257     if (!LookupCtx) {
258       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
259         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
260         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
261         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
262         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
263         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
264         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
265         //
266         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
267         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
268         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
269           return ParsedType();
270 
271         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
272         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
273         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
274           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
275 
276         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
277         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
278                                        II, NameLoc);
279         return ParsedType::make(T);
280       }
281 
282       return ParsedType();
283     }
284 
285     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
286         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
287       return ParsedType();
288   }
289 
290   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
291   // lookup for class-names.
292   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
293                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
294   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
295   if (LookupCtx) {
296     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
297     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
298     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
299     // nested-name-specifier.
300     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
301 
302     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
303       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
304       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
305       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
306       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
307       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
308       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
309       LookupName(Result, S);
310     }
311   } else {
312     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
313     LookupName(Result, S);
314 
315     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
316     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
317     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
318       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
319               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
320         return TypeInBase;
321     }
322   }
323 
324   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
325   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
326   case LookupResult::NotFound:
327   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
328     if (CorrectedII) {
329       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
330           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
331           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
332           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
333       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
334       TemplateTy Template;
335       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
336       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
337       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
338       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
339       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
340       if (SS && NNS) {
341         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
342         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
343       }
344       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
345           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
346           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
347           // is handled elsewhere).
348           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
349             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
350                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
351         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
352                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
353                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
354                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
355         if (Ty) {
356           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
357                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
358                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
359           if (SS && NNS)
360             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
361           *CorrectedII = NewII;
362           return Ty;
363         }
364       }
365     }
366     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
367   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
368   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
369     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
370     return ParsedType();
371 
372   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
373     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
374     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
375     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
376     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
377     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
378     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
379       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
380       return ParsedType();
381     }
382 
383     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
384     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
385          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
386       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
387         if (!IIDecl ||
388             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
389               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
390           IIDecl = *Res;
391       }
392     }
393 
394     if (!IIDecl) {
395       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
396       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
397       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
398       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
399       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
400       // a type name.
401       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
402       return ParsedType();
403     }
404 
405     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
406     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
407     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
408     // perform the name lookup again.
409     break;
410 
411   case LookupResult::Found:
412     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
413     break;
414   }
415 
416   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
417 
418   QualType T;
419   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
420     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
421 
422     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
423     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
424 
425     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
426     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
427     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
428     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
429       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
430         // Construct a type with type-source information.
431         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
432         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
433 
434         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
435         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
436         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
437         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
438         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
439       } else {
440         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
441       }
442     }
443   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
444     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
445     if (!HasTrailingDot)
446       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
447   }
448 
449   if (T.isNull()) {
450     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
451     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
452     return ParsedType();
453   }
454   return ParsedType::make(T);
455 }
456 
457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
458 static NestedNameSpecifier *
459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
460   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
461     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
462     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
463     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
464       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
465     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
466       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
467                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
468     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
469       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
470   }
471   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
472 }
473 
474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
475                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
476   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
477   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
478   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
479 
480   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
481   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
482   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
483   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
484       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
485   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
486 
487   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
488   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
489   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
490   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
491   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
492 
493   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
494   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
495   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
496   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
497   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
498   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
499 }
500 
501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
507   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
508   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
509   LookupName(R, S, false);
510   R.suppressDiagnostics();
511   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
512     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
513       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
514       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
515       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
516       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
517       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
518       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
519       }
520     }
521 
522   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
523 }
524 
525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
529 /// @code
530 /// template<class T> class A {
531 /// public:
532 ///   typedef int TYPE;
533 /// };
534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
535 /// public:
536 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
537 /// };
538 /// @endcode
539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
540   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
541     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
542       return true;
543 
544     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
545 
546     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
547     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
548       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
549         return true;
550     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
551   }
552   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
553 }
554 
555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
556                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
557                                    Scope *S,
558                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
559                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
560                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
561   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
562   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
563 
564   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
565   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
566   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
567           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
568                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
569                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
570                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
571     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
572       // We corrected to a keyword.
573       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
574       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
575     } else {
576       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
577       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
578         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
579                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
580       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
581         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
582         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
583                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
584         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
585                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
586                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
587       } else {
588         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
589       }
590 
591       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
592       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
593         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
594                           SourceRange(IILoc));
595       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
596                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
597                                   false, ParsedType(),
598                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
599                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
600     }
601     return;
602   }
603 
604   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
605     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
606     UnqualifiedId Name;
607     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
608     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
609     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
610     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
611     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
612                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
613                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
614       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
615       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
616       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
617         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
618           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
619       }
620       return;
621     }
622   }
623 
624   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
625   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
626 
627   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
628     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
629   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
630     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
631       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
632   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
633     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
634     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
635       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
636 
637     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
638       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
639       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
640       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
641     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
642                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
643   } else {
644     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
645            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
646   }
647 }
648 
649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
650 /// or
651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
652   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
653                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
654 
655   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
656     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
657       return true;
658 
659     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
660       return true;
661   }
662 
663   return false;
664 }
665 
666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
667                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
668                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
669                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
670   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
671   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
672   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
673     StringRef FixItTagName;
674     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
675       case TTK_Class:
676         FixItTagName = "class ";
677         break;
678 
679       case TTK_Enum:
680         FixItTagName = "enum ";
681         break;
682 
683       case TTK_Struct:
684         FixItTagName = "struct ";
685         break;
686 
687       case TTK_Interface:
688         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
689         break;
690 
691       case TTK_Union:
692         FixItTagName = "union ";
693         break;
694     }
695 
696     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
697     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
698       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
699       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
700 
701     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
702          I != IEnd; ++I)
703       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
704         << Name << TagName;
705 
706     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
707     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
708     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
709     return true;
710   }
711 
712   return false;
713 }
714 
715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
717                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
718   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
719 
720   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
721   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
722 
723   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
724   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
725   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
726   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
727   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
728 }
729 
730 Sema::NameClassification
731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
732                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
733                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
734                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
735   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
736   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
737 
738   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
739     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
740                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
741   }
742 
743   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
744   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
745 
746   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
747   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
748   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
749     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
750             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
751       return TypeInBase;
752   }
753 
754   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
755   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
756   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
757   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
758   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
759     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
760     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
761       return E;
762   }
763 
764   bool SecondTry = false;
765   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
766 
767 Corrected:
768   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
769   case LookupResult::NotFound:
770     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
771     // call.
772     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
773       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
774       // FIXME: Reference?
775       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
776         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
777 
778       // C90 6.3.2.2:
779       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
780       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
781       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
782       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
783       //   the function call, the declaration
784       //
785       //     extern int identifier ();
786       //
787       //   appeared.
788       //
789       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
790       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
791         Result.addDecl(D);
792         Result.resolveKind();
793         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
794       }
795     }
796 
797     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
798     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
799     // "struct", or "union".
800     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
801         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
802       break;
803     }
804 
805     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
806     // close to this name.
807     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
808       SecondTry = true;
809       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
810                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
811                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
812                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
813         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
814         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
815 
816         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
817         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
818           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
819         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
820             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
821           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
822           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
823         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
824                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
825                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
826                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
827           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
828           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
829         }
830 
831         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
832           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
833         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
834           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
835           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
836                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
837           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
838                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
839                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
840         }
841 
842         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
843         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
844 
845         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
846         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
847           return Name;
848 
849         // Also update the LookupResult...
850         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
851         Result.clear();
852         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
853         if (FirstDecl)
854           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
855 
856         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
857         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
858         // reference the ivar.
859         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
860         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
861           Result.clear();
862           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
863           return E;
864         }
865 
866         goto Corrected;
867       }
868     }
869 
870     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
871     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
872     return NameClassification::Unknown();
873 
874   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
875     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
876     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
877     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
878 
879     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
880     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
881     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
882     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
883     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
884     //
885     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
886     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
887     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
888     // keyword here.
889     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
890                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
891                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
892   }
893 
894   case LookupResult::Found:
895   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
896   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
897     break;
898 
899   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
900     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
901         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
902       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
903       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
904       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
905       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
906       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
907       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
908       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
909       //   ambiguous.
910       //
911       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
912       // so try again after filtering out template names.
913       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
914       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
915         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
916         break;
917       }
918     }
919 
920     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
921     return NameClassification::Error();
922   }
923 
924   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
925       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
926     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
927     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
928     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
929     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
930     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
931     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
932     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
933       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
934 
935     if (!Result.empty()) {
936       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
937       bool IsVarTemplate;
938       TemplateName Template;
939       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
940         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
941         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
942                                                      Result.end());
943       } else {
944         TemplateDecl *TD
945           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
946         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
947         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
948 
949         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
950           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
951                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
952                                                       TD);
953         else
954           Template = TemplateName(TD);
955       }
956 
957       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
958         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
959         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
960         // to based on which function we selected.
961         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
962 
963         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
964       }
965 
966       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
967                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
968     }
969   }
970 
971   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
972   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
973     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
974     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
975     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
976     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
977       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
978     return ParsedType::make(T);
979   }
980 
981   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
982   if (!Class) {
983     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
984     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
985             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
986       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
987   }
988 
989   if (Class) {
990     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
991 
992     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
993       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
994       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
995       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
996       return NameClassification::Unknown();
997     }
998 
999     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1000     return ParsedType::make(T);
1001   }
1002 
1003   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1004   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1005     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1006         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1007 
1008   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1009   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1010   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1011   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1012        (NextIsOp &&
1013         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1014       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1015     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1016     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1017     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1018     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1019       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1020     return ParsedType::make(T);
1021   }
1022 
1023   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1024     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1025                                            nullptr, S);
1026 
1027   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1028   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1029 }
1030 
1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1032 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1035 
1036   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1037   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1038   // the context we'll need to return to.
1039   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1040   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1041   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1042   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1043   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1044   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1045   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1046   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1047   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1048   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1049     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1050 
1051     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1052     // lexical context.
1053     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1054       return DC;
1055 
1056     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1057     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1058     // class is the context we need to return to.
1059     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1060       DC = RD;
1061 
1062     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1063     // declared in.
1064     return DC;
1065   }
1066 
1067   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1068 }
1069 
1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1071   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1072       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1073   CurContext = DC;
1074   S->setEntity(DC);
1075 }
1076 
1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1078   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1079 
1080   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1081   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1082 }
1083 
1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1085                                                                     Decl *D) {
1086   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1087   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1088   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1089   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1090   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1091   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1092   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1093   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1094   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1095   return Result;
1096 }
1097 
1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1099   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1100 }
1101 
1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1104 ///
1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1106   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1107   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1108   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1109   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1110   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1111   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1112   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1113   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1114   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1115   //   namespace.
1116   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1117   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1118   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1119   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1120   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1121 
1122   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1123 
1124 #ifndef NDEBUG
1125   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1126   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1127   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1128 #endif
1129 
1130   CurContext = DC;
1131   S->setEntity(DC);
1132 }
1133 
1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1135   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1136 
1137   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1138   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1139   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1140   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1141   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1142 
1143   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1144   // disappear.
1145 }
1146 
1147 
1148 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1149   // We assume that the caller has already called
1150   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1151   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1152   if (!FD)
1153     return;
1154 
1155   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1156   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1157   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1158     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1159   CurContext = FD;
1160   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1161 
1162   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1163     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1164     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1165     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1166       S->AddDecl(Param);
1167       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1168     }
1169   }
1170 }
1171 
1172 
1173 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1174   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1175   // rather than the top-level class.
1176   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1177   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1178   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1179 }
1180 
1181 
1182 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1183 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1184 ///
1185 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1186 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1187 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1188 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1189 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1190 /// attribute.
1191 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1192                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1193   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1194     return true;
1195 
1196   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1197     return true;
1198 
1199   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1200           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1201 }
1202 
1203 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1204 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1205   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1206   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1207   // scope.
1208   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1209     S = S->getParent();
1210 
1211   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1212   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1213   // into any context.
1214   if (AddToContext)
1215     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1216 
1217   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1218   // are function-local declarations.
1219   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1220       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1221         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1222       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1223     return;
1224 
1225   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1226   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1227       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1228     return;
1229 
1230   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1231   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1232                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1233   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1234     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1235       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1236       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1237 
1238       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1239       break;
1240     }
1241   }
1242 
1243   S->AddDecl(D);
1244 
1245   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1246     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1247     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1248     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1249     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1250       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1251       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1252         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1253           continue;
1254       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1255         break;
1256     }
1257 
1258     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1259   } else {
1260     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1261   }
1262 }
1263 
1264 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1265   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1266     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1267 }
1268 
1269 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1270                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1271   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1272 }
1273 
1274 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1275   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1276   do {
1277     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1278       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1279         return S;
1280   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1281 
1282   return nullptr;
1283 }
1284 
1285 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1286                                             DeclContext*,
1287                                             ASTContext&);
1288 
1289 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1290 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1291 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1292                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1293                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1294   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1295   while (F.hasNext()) {
1296     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1297 
1298     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1299       continue;
1300 
1301     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1302       continue;
1303 
1304     F.erase();
1305   }
1306 
1307   F.done();
1308 }
1309 
1310 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1311   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1312          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1313          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1314 }
1315 
1316 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1317 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1318   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1319   while (F.hasNext())
1320     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1321       F.erase();
1322 
1323   F.done();
1324 }
1325 
1326 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1327 /// @code
1328 /// class S {
1329 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1330 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1331 /// };
1332 /// @endcode
1333 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1334   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1335   // the decl here.
1336   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1337     return false;
1338 
1339   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1340     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1341   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1342     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1343   return false;
1344 }
1345 
1346 // We need this to handle
1347 //
1348 // typedef struct {
1349 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1350 // } A;
1351 //
1352 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1353 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1354 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1355 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1356 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1357 // not.
1358 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1359   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1360   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1361     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1362       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1363         return true;
1364     }
1365     DC = DC->getParent();
1366   }
1367 
1368   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1369 }
1370 
1371 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1372 // these semantics.
1373 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1374   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1375     return false;
1376   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1377 }
1378 
1379 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1380   assert(D);
1381 
1382   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1383     return false;
1384 
1385   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1386   // of members of class templates.
1387   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1388       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1389     return false;
1390 
1391   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1392     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1393       return false;
1394 
1395     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1396       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1397         return false;
1398     } else {
1399       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1400       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1401         return false;
1402     }
1403 
1404     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1405         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1406       return false;
1407   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1408     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1409     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1410     // like "inline".)
1411     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1412       return false;
1413 
1414     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1415       return false;
1416 
1417     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1418         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1419       return false;
1420   } else {
1421     return false;
1422   }
1423 
1424   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1425   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1426   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1427   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1428 }
1429 
1430 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1431   if (!D)
1432     return;
1433 
1434   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1435     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1436     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1437       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1438   }
1439 
1440   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1441     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1442     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1443       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1444   }
1445 
1446   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1447     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1448 }
1449 
1450 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1451   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1452     return false;
1453 
1454   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1455       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1456     return false;
1457 
1458   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1459     return true;
1460 
1461   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1462   // functions.
1463   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1464   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1465     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1466     WithinFunction =
1467         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1468   if (!WithinFunction)
1469     return false;
1470 
1471   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1472     return true;
1473 
1474   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1475   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1476     return false;
1477 
1478   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1479   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1480 
1481     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1482     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1483 
1484     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1485     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1486       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1487         return false;
1488     }
1489 
1490     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1491     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1492     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1493       return false;
1494 
1495     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1496       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1497       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1498         return false;
1499 
1500       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1501         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1502           return false;
1503 
1504         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1505           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1506                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1507             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1508           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1509             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1510           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1511             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1512             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1513               return false;
1514           }
1515         }
1516       }
1517     }
1518 
1519     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1520   }
1521 
1522   return true;
1523 }
1524 
1525 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1526                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1527   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1528     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1529                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1530     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1531       return;
1532     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1533                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1534   }
1535   return;
1536 }
1537 
1538 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1539   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1540     return;
1541 
1542   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1543     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1544       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1545     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1546       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1547   }
1548 }
1549 
1550 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1551 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1552 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1553   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1554     return;
1555 
1556   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1557     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1558     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1559     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1560     return;
1561   }
1562 
1563   FixItHint Hint;
1564   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1565 
1566   unsigned DiagID;
1567   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1568     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1569   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1570     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1571   else
1572     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1573 
1574   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1575 }
1576 
1577 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1578   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1579   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1580   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1581   // MS inline assembly label name.
1582   bool Diagnose = false;
1583   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1584     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1585   else
1586     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1587   if (Diagnose)
1588     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1589 }
1590 
1591 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1592   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1593 
1594   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1595   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1596          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1597 
1598   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1599     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1600 
1601     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1602     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1603 
1604     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1605 
1606     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1607     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1608       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1609       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1610         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1611     }
1612 
1613     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1614     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1615       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1616 
1617     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1618     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1619   }
1620 }
1621 
1622 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1623 ///
1624 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1625 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1626 /// to the fixed name.
1627 ///
1628 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1629 ///
1630 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1631 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1632 ///
1633 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1634 /// class could not be found.
1635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1636                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1637                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1638   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1639   // creation from this context.
1640   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1641 
1642   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1643     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1644     // find an Objective-C class name.
1645     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1646             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1647             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1648             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1649       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1650       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1651       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1652     }
1653   }
1654   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1655   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1656   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1657       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1658   return Def;
1659 }
1660 
1661 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1662 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1663 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1664 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1665 /// ill-formed in C++:
1666 /// @code
1667 /// struct S6 {
1668 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1669 /// };
1670 ///
1671 /// void test_S6() {
1672 ///   struct S6 a;
1673 ///   a.e = BAR;
1674 /// }
1675 /// @endcode
1676 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1677 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1678 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1679 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1680 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1681 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1682 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1683 /// contain non-field names.
1684 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1685   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1686          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1687          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1688     S = S->getParent();
1689   return S;
1690 }
1691 
1692 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1693 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1694 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1695 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1696 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1697                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1698   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1699     return;
1700   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1701 
1702   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1703                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1704   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1705   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1706     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1707       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1708 }
1709 
1710 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1711   switch (Error) {
1712   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1713     return "";
1714   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1715     return "stdio.h";
1716   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1717     return "setjmp.h";
1718   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1719     return "ucontext.h";
1720   }
1721   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1722 }
1723 
1724 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1725 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1726 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1727 /// built-in.
1728 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1729                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1730                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1731   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1732 
1733   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1734   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1735   if (Error) {
1736     if (ForRedeclaration)
1737       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1738           << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1739     return nullptr;
1740   }
1741 
1742   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1743     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1744         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
1745     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1746         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1747       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1748           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1749           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1750   }
1751 
1752   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1753   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1754     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1755         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1756                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1757     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1758     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1759     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1760   }
1761 
1762   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1763                                            Parent,
1764                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1765                                            SC_Extern,
1766                                            false,
1767                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1768   New->setImplicit();
1769 
1770   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1771   // FunctionDecl.
1772   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1773     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1774     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1775       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1776           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1777                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1778                               SC_None, nullptr);
1779       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1780       Params.push_back(parm);
1781     }
1782     New->setParams(Params);
1783   }
1784 
1785   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1786   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1787 
1788   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1789   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1790   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1791   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1792   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1793   CurContext = Parent;
1794   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1795   CurContext = SavedContext;
1796   return New;
1797 }
1798 
1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1800 /// entity if their types are the same.
1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1802 /// isSameEntity.
1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1804                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1805                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1806   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1807   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1808     return;
1809 
1810   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1811   if (Previous.empty())
1812     return;
1813 
1814   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1815   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1816     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1817 
1818     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1819     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1820       continue;
1821 
1822     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1823     // different linkages.
1824     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1825       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1826                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1827         continue;
1828 
1829       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1830       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1831       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
1832           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1833         continue;
1834     }
1835 
1836     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1837       Filter.erase();
1838   }
1839 
1840   Filter.done();
1841 }
1842 
1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1844   QualType OldType;
1845   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1846     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1847   else
1848     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1849   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1850 
1851   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1852     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1853     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1854     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1855       << Kind << NewType;
1856     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1857       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1858     New->setInvalidDecl();
1859     return true;
1860   }
1861 
1862   if (OldType != NewType &&
1863       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1864       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1865       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1866     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1867     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1868       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1869     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1870       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1871     New->setInvalidDecl();
1872     return true;
1873   }
1874   return false;
1875 }
1876 
1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1881 ///
1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1883   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1884   // merging checks.
1885   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1886 
1887   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1888   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1889   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1890     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1891     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1892     default: break;
1893     case 2:
1894       {
1895         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1896           break;
1897         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1898         if (!T->isPointerType())
1899           break;
1900         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1901           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1902           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1903             break;
1904         }
1905         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1906         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1907         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1908         return;
1909       }
1910     case 5:
1911       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1912         break;
1913       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1914       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1915       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1916       return;
1917     case 3:
1918       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1919         break;
1920       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1921       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1922       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1923       return;
1924     }
1925     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1926   }
1927 
1928   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1929   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1930   if (!Old) {
1931     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1932       << New->getDeclName();
1933 
1934     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1935     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1936       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1937 
1938     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1939   }
1940 
1941   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1942   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1943     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1944 
1945   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1946     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
1947     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
1948     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
1949     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
1950         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
1951         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
1952       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
1953       // instead of our tag.
1954       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
1955       if (OldTD->isModed())
1956         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
1957                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
1958       else
1959         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
1960 
1961       // Make the old tag definition visible.
1962       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
1963     }
1964   }
1965 
1966   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1967   // with any extensions enabled.
1968   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1969     return;
1970 
1971   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1972   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1973   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1974     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1975     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1976   }
1977 
1978   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1979     return;
1980 
1981   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1982     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1983     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1984     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1985     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1986     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1987       return;
1988 
1989     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1990     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1991     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1992     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1993     //
1994     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1995     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1996     //
1997     //   struct S {
1998     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1999     //   };
2000     //
2001     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2002     // allow the above but disallow
2003     //
2004     //   struct S {
2005     //     typedef int I;
2006     //     typedef int I;
2007     //   };
2008     //
2009     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2010     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2011       return;
2012 
2013     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2014       << New->getDeclName();
2015     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2016     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2017   }
2018 
2019   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2020   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2021     return;
2022 
2023   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2024   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2025   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2026   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2027   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2028       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2029        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2030     return;
2031 
2032   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2033     << New->getDeclName();
2034   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2035 }
2036 
2037 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2038 /// attribute.
2039 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2040   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2041   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2042   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2043     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2044       if (Ann) {
2045         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2046           return true;
2047         continue;
2048       }
2049       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2050       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2051         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2052       return true;
2053     }
2054 
2055   return false;
2056 }
2057 
2058 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2059   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2060     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2061   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2062     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2063   return true;
2064 }
2065 
2066 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2067 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2068 ///
2069 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2070 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2071   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2072   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2073   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2074   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2075   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2076   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2077     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2078     // in a case like:
2079     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2080     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2081     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2082     // definition in such a case.
2083     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2084       return false;
2085 
2086     if (I->isAlignas())
2087       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2088 
2089     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2090     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2091       OldAlign = Align;
2092       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2093     }
2094   }
2095 
2096   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2097   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2098   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2099   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2100     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2101       return false;
2102 
2103     if (I->isAlignas())
2104       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2105 
2106     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2107     if (Align > NewAlign)
2108       NewAlign = Align;
2109   }
2110 
2111   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2112     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2113     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2114     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2115     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2116 
2117     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2118     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2119     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2120       QualType Ty;
2121       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2122         Ty = VD->getType();
2123       else
2124         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2125 
2126       if (OldAlign == 0)
2127         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2128       if (NewAlign == 0)
2129         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2130     }
2131 
2132     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2133       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2134         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2135         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2136       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2137     }
2138   }
2139 
2140   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2141     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2142     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2143     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2144     //   equivalent alignment.
2145     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2146     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2147     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2148     //   have no alignment specifier.
2149     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2150       << OldAlignasAttr;
2151     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2152       << OldAlignasAttr;
2153   }
2154 
2155   bool AnyAdded = false;
2156 
2157   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2158   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2159     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2160     Clone->setInherited(true);
2161     New->addAttr(Clone);
2162     AnyAdded = true;
2163   }
2164 
2165   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2166   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2167       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2168     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2169     Clone->setInherited(true);
2170     New->addAttr(Clone);
2171     AnyAdded = true;
2172   }
2173 
2174   return AnyAdded;
2175 }
2176 
2177 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2178                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2179                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2180   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2181   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2182   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2183     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2184                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2185                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2186                                       AA->getMessage(), AMK,
2187                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2188   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2189     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2190                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2191   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2192     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2193                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2194   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2195     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2196                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2197   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2198     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2199                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2200   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2201     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2202                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2203                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2204   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2205     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2206                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2207   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2208     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2209                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2210                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2211   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2212     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2213                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2214                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2215   else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2216     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2217   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2218     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2219   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2220     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2221     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2222     NewAttr = nullptr;
2223   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2224            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2225             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2226     NewAttr = nullptr;
2227   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2228     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2229 
2230   if (NewAttr) {
2231     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2232     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2233     return true;
2234   }
2235 
2236   return false;
2237 }
2238 
2239 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2240   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2241     return TD->getDefinition();
2242   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2243     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2244     if (Def)
2245       return Def;
2246     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2247   }
2248   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2249     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2250     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2251       return Def;
2252   }
2253   return nullptr;
2254 }
2255 
2256 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2257   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2258     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2259       return true;
2260   return false;
2261 }
2262 
2263 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2264 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2265 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2266   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2267     return;
2268 
2269   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2270   if (!Def || Def == New)
2271     return;
2272 
2273   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2274   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2275     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2276 
2277     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2278       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2279         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2280         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2281 
2282         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2283         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2284           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2285           --E;
2286           continue;
2287         }
2288       } else {
2289         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2290         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2291                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2292                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2293                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2294         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2295         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2296         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2297       }
2298       ++I;
2299       continue;
2300     }
2301 
2302     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2303       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2304       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2305         ++I;
2306         continue;
2307       }
2308     }
2309 
2310     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2311       ++I;
2312       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2313     }
2314 
2315     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2316       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2317       ++I;
2318       continue;
2319     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2320       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2321         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2322         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2323         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2324         //   equivalent alignment.
2325         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2326         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2327         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2328         //   have no alignment specifier.
2329         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2330           << AA;
2331         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2332           << AA;
2333         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2334         --E;
2335         continue;
2336       }
2337     }
2338 
2339     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2340            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2341     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2342     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2343     --E;
2344   }
2345 }
2346 
2347 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2348 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2349                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2350   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2351     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2352     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2353     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2354   }
2355 
2356   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2357     return;
2358 
2359   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2360   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2361 
2362   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2363     return;
2364 
2365   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2366 
2367   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2368   // we process them.
2369   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2370 
2371   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2372     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2373     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2374     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2375         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2376         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2377       switch (AMK) {
2378       case AMK_None:
2379         continue;
2380 
2381       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2382       case AMK_Override:
2383       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2384         LocalAMK = AMK;
2385         break;
2386       }
2387     }
2388 
2389     // Already handled.
2390     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2391       continue;
2392 
2393     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2394       foundAny = true;
2395   }
2396 
2397   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2398     foundAny = true;
2399 
2400   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2401 }
2402 
2403 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2404 /// to the new one.
2405 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2406                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2407                                      Sema &S) {
2408   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2409   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2410   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2411   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2412   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2413   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2414     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2415            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2416     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2417     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2418     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2419       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2420     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2421       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2422     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2423            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2424   }
2425 
2426   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2427     return;
2428 
2429   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2430 
2431   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2432   // done before we process them.
2433   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2434 
2435   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2436     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2437       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2438         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2439       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2440       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2441       foundAny = true;
2442     }
2443   }
2444 
2445   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2446 }
2447 
2448 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2449                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2450                                 Sema &S) {
2451   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2452     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2453       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2454         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2455           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2456                *Newnullability,
2457                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2458                 != 0))
2459           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2460                *Oldnullability,
2461                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2462                 != 0));
2463         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2464       }
2465     } else {
2466       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2467       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2468                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2469                          NewT, NewT);
2470       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2471     }
2472   }
2473 }
2474 
2475 namespace {
2476 
2477 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2478 /// C.
2479 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2480   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2481   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2482   QualType PromotedType;
2483 };
2484 
2485 }
2486 
2487 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2488 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2489   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2490     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2491       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2492 
2493     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2494       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2495 
2496     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2497       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2498   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2499     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2500   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2501     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2502   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2503     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2504   }
2505 
2506   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2507 }
2508 
2509 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2510 // declaration, or a declaration.
2511 template <typename T>
2512 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2513 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2514   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2515   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2516   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2517     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2518   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2519     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2520     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2521       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2522   } else
2523     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2524   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2525 }
2526 
2527 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2528 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2529 /// GNU89 mode.
2530 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2531                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2532   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2533           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2534           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2535           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2536 }
2537 
2538 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2539   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2540   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2541     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2542   return AT;
2543 }
2544 
2545 template <typename T>
2546 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2547   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2548   if (DC->isRecord())
2549     return false;
2550 
2551   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2552   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2553     return true;
2554   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2555     return true;
2556   return false;
2557 }
2558 
2559 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2560 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2561 
2562 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2563 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2564 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2565 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2566 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2567                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2568   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2569   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2570   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2571   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2572   //      and function templates; or
2573   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2574   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2575   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2576   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2577   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2578 
2579   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2580   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2581   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2582   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2583   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2584 
2585   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2586   if (Old &&
2587       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2588           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2589       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2590     Old = nullptr;
2591 
2592   if (!Old) {
2593     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2594     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2595     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2596     return true;
2597   }
2598   return false;
2599 }
2600 
2601 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2602 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2603 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2604 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2605 ///
2606 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2607 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2608 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2609 /// merged with.
2610 ///
2611 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2612 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2613                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2614   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2615   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2616   if (!Old) {
2617     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2618       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2619         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2620         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2621              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2622         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2623              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2624         return true;
2625       }
2626 
2627       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2628       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2629         return true;
2630       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2631     } else {
2632       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2633         << New->getDeclName();
2634       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2635       return true;
2636     }
2637   }
2638 
2639   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2640   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2641     return true;
2642 
2643   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2644   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2645   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2646       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2647 
2648   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2649   // is an extern inline function.
2650   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2651   // storage classes.
2652   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2653       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2654       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2655       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2656       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2657     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2658       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2659       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2660     } else {
2661       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2662       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2663       return true;
2664     }
2665   }
2666 
2667 
2668   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2669   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2670   // convention of the first.
2671   //
2672   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2673   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2674   //
2675   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2676   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2677   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2678   //
2679   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2680   // other tests to run.
2681   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2682   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2683   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2684   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2685   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2686   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2687   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2688 
2689   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2690     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2691     const FunctionType *FT =
2692         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2693     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2694     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2695     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2696       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2697       // there but not here.
2698       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2699       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2700     } else {
2701       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2702       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2703       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2704         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2705         << !FirstCCExplicit
2706         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2707             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2708 
2709       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2710       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2711       return true;
2712     }
2713   }
2714 
2715   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2716   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2717     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2718     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2719   }
2720 
2721   // Merge regparm attribute.
2722   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2723       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2724     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2725       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2726         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2727         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2728       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2729       return true;
2730     }
2731 
2732     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2733     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2734   }
2735 
2736   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2737   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2738     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2739       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2740       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2741       return true;
2742     }
2743 
2744     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2745     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2746   }
2747 
2748   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2749     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2750     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2751     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2752     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2753     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2754   }
2755 
2756   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2757   // UndefinedButUsed.
2758   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2759       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2760       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
2761       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2762       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2763     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2764                                            SourceLocation()));
2765 
2766   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2767   // about it.
2768   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2769       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2770     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2771   }
2772 
2773   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2774     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2775     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2776     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2777     //        cannot be overloaded.
2778 
2779     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2780     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2781     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2782     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2783     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2784     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2785         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2786              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2787              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2788     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2789         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2790              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2791              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2792     QualType ResQT;
2793     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2794         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2795           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2796       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2797           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2798         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2799       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2800         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2801           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2802               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2803         else
2804           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2805               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2806         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2807                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2808         return true;
2809       }
2810       else
2811         NewQType = ResQT;
2812     }
2813 
2814     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2815     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2816     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2817       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2818       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2819       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2820       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2821         New->setType(
2822             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2823                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2824                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2825         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2826             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2827                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2828                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2829       }
2830     }
2831 
2832     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2833     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2834     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2835       // Preserve triviality.
2836       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2837 
2838       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2839       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2840       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2841       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2842                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2843                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2844       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2845 
2846       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2847           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2848         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2849         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2850         //       is a static member function declaration.
2851         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2852           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2853           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2854           return true;
2855         }
2856 
2857         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2858         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2859         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2860         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2861         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2862           unsigned NewDiag;
2863           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2864             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2865           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2866             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2867           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2868             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2869           else
2870             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2871 
2872           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2873         } else {
2874           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2875             << New << New->getType();
2876         }
2877         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2878         return true;
2879 
2880       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2881       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2882       //
2883       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2884       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2885       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2886         if (isFriend) {
2887           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2888         } else {
2889           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2890                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2891             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2892           return true;
2893         }
2894       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2895         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2896              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2897           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2898         return true;
2899       }
2900     }
2901 
2902     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2903     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2904     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2905     //   attribute.
2906     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2907     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2908       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2909       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2910            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2911     }
2912 
2913     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2914     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2915     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2916     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2917     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2918     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2919       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2920            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2921       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2922            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2923     }
2924 
2925     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2926     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2927     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2928     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2929 
2930     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2931     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2932     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2933       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2934       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2935         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2936       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2937       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2938     }
2939 
2940     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2941       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2942       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2943       //
2944       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2945       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2946       // linkage within class scope.
2947       //
2948       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2949       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2950         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2951         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2952       } else {
2953         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2954         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2955         return true;
2956       }
2957     }
2958 
2959     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2960       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2961 
2962     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2963         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2964       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2965       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2966       // when we instantiate the function.
2967       return false;
2968     }
2969 
2970     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2971   }
2972 
2973   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2974   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2975   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2976       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2977     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2978     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2979     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2980     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2981         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2982       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2983       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2984       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2985       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2986       NewQType =
2987           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2988                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2989       New->setType(NewQType);
2990       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2991 
2992       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2993       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2994       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2995         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2996                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2997                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2998                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2999         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3000         Param->setImplicit();
3001         Params.push_back(Param);
3002       }
3003 
3004       New->setParams(Params);
3005     }
3006 
3007     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3008   }
3009 
3010   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3011   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3012   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3013   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3014   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3015   // the prototype.
3016   //
3017   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3018   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3019   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3020   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3021   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3022       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3023       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3024       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3025     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3026     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3027     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3028       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3029     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3030       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3031 
3032     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3033     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3034                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3035     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3036     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3037          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3038       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3039       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3040       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3041                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3042         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3043       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3044                                             NewParm->getType(),
3045                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3046         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3047                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3048         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3049         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3050       } else
3051         LooseCompatible = false;
3052     }
3053 
3054     if (LooseCompatible) {
3055       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3056         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3057              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3058           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3059           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3060         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3061           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3062                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3063       }
3064 
3065       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3066         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3067                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3068       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3069     }
3070 
3071     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3072   }
3073 
3074   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3075   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3076 
3077   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3078   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3079   unsigned BuiltinID;
3080   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3081     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3082     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3083     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3084       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3085       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3086         << Old << Old->getType();
3087 
3088       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3089       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3090       //
3091       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3092       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3093       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3094       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3095       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3096       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3097         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3098 
3099       return false;
3100     }
3101 
3102     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3103   }
3104 
3105   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3106   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3107   return true;
3108 }
3109 
3110 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3111 /// known to be compatible.
3112 ///
3113 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3114 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3115 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3116 /// redeclaration of Old.
3117 ///
3118 /// \returns false
3119 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3120                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3121   // Merge the attributes
3122   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3123 
3124   // Merge "pure" flag.
3125   if (Old->isPure())
3126     New->setPure();
3127 
3128   // Merge "used" flag.
3129   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3130     New->setIsUsed();
3131 
3132   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3133   // declarations.
3134   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3135       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3136         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3137         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3138         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3139         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3140       }
3141 
3142   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3143     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3144 
3145   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3146   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3147   // was visible.
3148   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3149   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3150     New->setType(Merged);
3151 
3152   return false;
3153 }
3154 
3155 
3156 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3157                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3158 
3159   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3160   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3161     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3162       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3163       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3164                                                        : AMK_Override;
3165 
3166   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3167 
3168   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3169   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3170                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3171   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3172          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3173        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3174     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3175 
3176   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3177 }
3178 
3179 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3180 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3181 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3182 ///
3183 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3184 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3185 /// is attached.
3186 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3187                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3188   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3189     return;
3190 
3191   QualType MergedT;
3192   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3193     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3194       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3195       return;
3196     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3197       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3198       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3199     }
3200     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3201     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3202     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3203     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3204     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3205     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3206              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3207       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3208       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3209       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3210                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3211         MergedT = New->getType();
3212     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3213                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3214       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3215       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3216       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3217                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3218         MergedT = Old->getType();
3219     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3220                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3221       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3222                                               Old->getType());
3223     }
3224   } else {
3225     // C 6.2.7p2:
3226     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3227     //   compatible type.
3228     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3229   }
3230   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3231     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3232     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3233     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3234     // equivalent.
3235     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3236     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3237          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3238       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3239       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3240       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3241       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3242         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3243       return;
3244     }
3245 
3246     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3247     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3248     //
3249     //   extern int arr[];
3250     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3251     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3252     //
3253     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3254     // to diagnose it.
3255     Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3256                                  ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3257                                  : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3258         << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3259 
3260     diag::kind PrevDiag;
3261     SourceLocation OldLocation;
3262     std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3263         getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3264     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3265     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3266   }
3267 
3268   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3269   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3270   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3271     New->setType(MergedT);
3272 }
3273 
3274 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3275                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3276   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3277   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3278   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3279   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3280   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3281   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3282   //
3283   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3284   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3285     return false;
3286 
3287   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3288     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3289     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3290     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3291     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3292     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3293            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3294             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3295   } else {
3296     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3297     // type unless we're in the same function.
3298     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3299            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3300   }
3301 }
3302 
3303 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3304 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3305 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3306 ///
3307 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3308 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3309 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3310 ///
3311 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3312   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3313   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3314     return;
3315 
3316   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3317 
3318   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3319   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3320   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3321   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3322     if (NewTemplate) {
3323       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3324       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3325 
3326       if (auto *Shadow =
3327               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3328         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3329           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3330     } else {
3331       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3332 
3333       if (auto *Shadow =
3334               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3335         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3336           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3337     }
3338   }
3339   if (!Old) {
3340     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3341       << New->getDeclName();
3342     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3343          diag::note_previous_definition);
3344     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3345   }
3346 
3347   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3348     return;
3349 
3350   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3351   if (NewTemplate &&
3352       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3353                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3354                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3355     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3356 
3357   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3358   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3359   //
3360   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3361   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3362     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3363       << New->getIdentifier();
3364     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3365     New->setInvalidDecl();
3366   }
3367 
3368   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3369   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3370   // declaration
3371   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3372       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3373       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3374     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3375     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3376     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3377     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3378   }
3379 
3380   // Merge the types.
3381   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3382   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3383     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3384                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3385     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3386       return;
3387   }
3388 
3389   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3390   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3391     return;
3392 
3393   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3394   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3395   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3396       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3397 
3398   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3399   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3400       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3401       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3402     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3403       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3404           << New->getDeclName();
3405       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3406     } else {
3407       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3408           << New->getDeclName();
3409       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3410       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3411     }
3412   }
3413   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3414   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3415   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3416   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3417   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3418   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3419   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3420   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3421   //   identifier has external linkage.
3422   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3423     /* Okay */;
3424   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3425            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3426            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3427     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3428     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3429     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3430   }
3431 
3432   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3433   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3434       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3435     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3436     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3437     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3438   }
3439   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3440       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3441     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3442     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3443     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3444   }
3445 
3446   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3447 
3448   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3449   // need to check for mismatches.
3450   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3451       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3452       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3453         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3454     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3455     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3456     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3457   }
3458 
3459   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3460     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3461       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3462       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3463     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3464       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3465       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3466     } else {
3467       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3468       // static and dynamic initialization.
3469       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3470       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3471       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3472         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3473       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3474     }
3475   }
3476 
3477   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3478   VarDecl *Def;
3479   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3480       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3481       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3482     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
3483     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
3484         (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3485          New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3486          New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3487          New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3488       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3489       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
3490     } else {
3491       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3492       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3493       New->setInvalidDecl();
3494       return;
3495     }
3496   }
3497 
3498   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3499     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3500     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3501     New->setInvalidDecl();
3502     return;
3503   }
3504 
3505   // Merge "used" flag.
3506   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3507     New->setIsUsed();
3508 
3509   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3510   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3511   if (NewTemplate)
3512     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3513 
3514   // Inherit access appropriately.
3515   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3516   if (NewTemplate)
3517     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3518 }
3519 
3520 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3521 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3522 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3523                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3524   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3525 }
3526 
3527 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3528 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3529 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3530 // compatibility.
3531 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3532 // targeted.
3533 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3534   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3535              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3536              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3537 }
3538 
3539 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3540   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3541     return;
3542 
3543   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3544     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3545     // it is anonymous.
3546     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3547       return;
3548     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3549         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3550     Context.setManglingNumber(
3551         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3552                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3553     return;
3554   }
3555 
3556   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3557   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3558   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3559           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3560     Context.setManglingNumber(
3561         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3562                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3563   }
3564 }
3565 
3566 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3567                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3568   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
3569     return;
3570 
3571   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
3572   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
3573     return;
3574 
3575   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3576   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3577 
3578   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3579   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3580                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
3581     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3582       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
3583     return;
3584   }
3585 
3586   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3587   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3588   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3589   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3590   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3591   // for how to handle it.
3592   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3593     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3594 
3595     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3596     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3597 
3598     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3599     textToInsert += ' ';
3600     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3601     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3602         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3603     return;
3604   }
3605 
3606   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3607   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3608 }
3609 
3610 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
3611   switch (T) {
3612   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
3613     return 0;
3614   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
3615     return 1;
3616   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
3617     return 2;
3618   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
3619     return 3;
3620   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
3621     return 4;
3622   default:
3623     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
3624   }
3625 }
3626 
3627 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3628 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3629 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3630 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3631                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3632                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3633                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3634   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3635   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3636   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3637       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3638       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3639       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3640       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3641     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3642 
3643     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3644       return nullptr;
3645 
3646     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3647     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3648     // it's a Type.
3649     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3650       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3651     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3652       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3653   }
3654 
3655   if (Tag) {
3656     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3657     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3658     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3659       return Tag;
3660   }
3661 
3662   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3663     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3664     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3665     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3666       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3667            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3668            << DS.getSourceRange();
3669   }
3670 
3671   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3672     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3673     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3674     if (Tag)
3675       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3676           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
3677     else
3678       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3679     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3680     return TagD;
3681   }
3682 
3683   if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) {
3684     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to
3685     // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and
3686     // its initializer.
3687     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
3688     return TagD;
3689   }
3690 
3691   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3692 
3693   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3694     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3695     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3696     if (TagD && !Tag)
3697       return nullptr;
3698     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3699   }
3700 
3701   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3702   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3703     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3704   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3705       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3706     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3707     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3708     // or an explicit specialization.
3709     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3710     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3711         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
3712     return nullptr;
3713   }
3714 
3715   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3716   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3717 
3718   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3719   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3720     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3721         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3722       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3723           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3724         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3725                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3726 
3727       DeclaresAnything = false;
3728     }
3729   }
3730 
3731   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3732   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3733   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3734   //
3735   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3736   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3737   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3738       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3739     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3740     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3741     //   struct STRUCT;
3742     //   union UNION;
3743     // and
3744     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3745     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3746     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3747         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3748       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3749       if (Tag)
3750         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3751       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3752                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3753         Record = RT->getDecl();
3754       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3755         Record = UT->getDecl();
3756 
3757       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3758         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3759           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3760         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3761       }
3762 
3763       DeclaresAnything = false;
3764     }
3765   }
3766 
3767   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3768   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3769       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3770     return TagD;
3771 
3772   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3773       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3774     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3775       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3776           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3777         DeclaresAnything = false;
3778 
3779   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3780     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3781     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3782       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3783         << DS.getSourceRange();
3784     else
3785       DeclaresAnything = false;
3786   }
3787 
3788   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3789       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3790     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3791       << Tag->getTagKind()
3792       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3793 
3794   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3795 
3796   // C 6.7/2:
3797   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3798   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3799   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3800   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3801   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3802   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3803   //   previous declaration.
3804   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3805     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3806     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3807     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3808     return TagD;
3809   }
3810 
3811   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3812   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3813   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3814   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3815   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3816   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3817   //
3818   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3819   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3820   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3821     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3822 
3823   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3824   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3825   // useless.
3826   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3827     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3828       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3829       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3830       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3831     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3832       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3833         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3834   }
3835 
3836   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3837     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3838       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3839   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3840     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3841       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3842     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3843       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3844     // Restrict is covered above.
3845     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3846       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3847   }
3848 
3849   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3850   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3851   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3852   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3853     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3854     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3855         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3856         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3857         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3858         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3859       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
3860            attrs = attrs->getNext())
3861         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3862             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
3863     }
3864   }
3865 
3866   return TagD;
3867 }
3868 
3869 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3870 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3871 ///
3872 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3873 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3874                                          Scope *S,
3875                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3876                                          DeclarationName Name,
3877                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3878                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3879   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3880                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3881   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3882 
3883   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3884     return false;
3885 
3886   // Pick a representative declaration.
3887   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3888   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3889 
3890   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3891     return false;
3892 
3893   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3894   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3895 
3896   return true;
3897 }
3898 
3899 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3900 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3901 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3902 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3903 /// struct, e.g.,
3904 ///
3905 /// @code
3906 /// union {
3907 ///   int i;
3908 ///   float f;
3909 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3910 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3911 /// @endcode
3912 ///
3913 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3914 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3915 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3916                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3917                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3918                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3919                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3920                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3921   unsigned diagKind
3922     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3923                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3924 
3925   bool Invalid = false;
3926 
3927   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3928   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3929     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3930         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3931       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3932       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3933                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3934         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3935         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3936         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3937         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3938         Invalid = true;
3939       } else {
3940         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3941         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3942         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3943         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3944         //   anonymous union is declared.
3945         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3946         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3947           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
3948         else
3949           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3950 
3951         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3952         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3953           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3954         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3955           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3956 
3957         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3958             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3959             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3960 
3961         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3962           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3963 
3964         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3965         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3966         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3967 
3968         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3969         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3970 
3971         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3972       }
3973     }
3974   }
3975 
3976   return Invalid;
3977 }
3978 
3979 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3980 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3981 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3982 static StorageClass
3983 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3984   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3985   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3986          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3987   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3988   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3989   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3990     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3991       return SC_None;
3992     return SC_Extern;
3993   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3994   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3995   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3996   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3997     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3998   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3999   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4000   }
4001   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4002 }
4003 
4004 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4005   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4006 
4007   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4008     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4009     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4010       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4011     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4012       return FD->getLocation();
4013   }
4014 
4015   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4016 }
4017 
4018 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4019                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4020   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4021     return;
4022 
4023   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4024   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4025 }
4026 
4027 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4028                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4029   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4030     return;
4031 
4032   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4033 }
4034 
4035 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4036 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4037 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4038 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4039 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4040                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4041                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4042                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4043   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4044 
4045   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4046   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4047     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4048   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4049     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4050   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4051     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4052 
4053   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4054   // structs/unions.
4055   bool Invalid = false;
4056   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4057     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4058     unsigned DiagID;
4059     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4060       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4061       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4062       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4063       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4064           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4065            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4066             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4067         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4068           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4069 
4070         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4071         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4072                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4073       }
4074       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4075       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4076       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4077       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4078                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4079         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4080              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4081           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4082 
4083         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4084         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4085                                SourceLocation(),
4086                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4087       }
4088     }
4089 
4090     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4091     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4092       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4093         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4094           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4095           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4096       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4097         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4098              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4099           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4100           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4101       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4102         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4103              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4104           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4105           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4106       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4107         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4108              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4109           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4110           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4111 
4112       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4113     }
4114 
4115     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4116     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4117     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4118     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4119     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4120       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4121         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4122         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4123         //   members (clause 11).
4124         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4125         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4126           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4127             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4128           Invalid = true;
4129         }
4130 
4131         // C++ [class.union]p1
4132         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4133         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4134         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4135         //   array of such objects.
4136         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4137           Invalid = true;
4138       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4139         // Any implicit members are fine.
4140       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4141         // This is a type that showed up in an
4142         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4143         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4144         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4145       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4146         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4147             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4148           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4149           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4150             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4151               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4152           else {
4153             // This is a nested type declaration.
4154             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4155               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4156             Invalid = true;
4157           }
4158         } else {
4159           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4160           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4161           // not part of standard C++.
4162           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4163                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4164             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4165         }
4166       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4167         // Any access specifier is fine.
4168       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4169         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4170       } else {
4171         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4172         // member. Complain about it.
4173         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4174         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4175           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4176         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4177           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4178         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4179           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4180 
4181         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4182         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4183             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4184           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4185             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4186         else {
4187           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
4188               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4189           Invalid = true;
4190         }
4191       }
4192     }
4193 
4194     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4195     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4196     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4197     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4198         Owner->isRecord())
4199       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4200                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4201   }
4202 
4203   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4204     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4205       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4206     Invalid = true;
4207   }
4208 
4209   // Mock up a declarator.
4210   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4211   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4212   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4213 
4214   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4215   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4216   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4217     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4218                              DS.getLocStart(),
4219                              Record->getLocation(),
4220                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4221                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4222                              TInfo,
4223                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4224                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4225     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4226     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4227       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4228   } else {
4229     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4230     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4231     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4232       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4233       // an error here
4234       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4235       Invalid = true;
4236       SC = SC_None;
4237     }
4238 
4239     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4240                            DS.getLocStart(),
4241                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4242                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4243                            TInfo, SC);
4244 
4245     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4246     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4247     // initializer:
4248     //   union { int n = 0; };
4249     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4250   }
4251   Anon->setImplicit();
4252 
4253   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4254   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4255 
4256   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4257   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4258   // its members.
4259   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4260 
4261   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4262   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4263   // purposes.
4264   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4265   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4266 
4267   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4268                                           Chain, false))
4269     Invalid = true;
4270 
4271   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4272     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4273       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4274       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4275               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4276         Context.setManglingNumber(
4277             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4278                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4279         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4280       }
4281     }
4282   }
4283 
4284   if (Invalid)
4285     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4286 
4287   return Anon;
4288 }
4289 
4290 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4291 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4292 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4293 /// Example:
4294 ///
4295 /// struct A { int a; };
4296 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4297 ///
4298 /// void foo() {
4299 ///   B var;
4300 ///   var.a = 3;
4301 /// }
4302 ///
4303 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4304                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4305   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4306 
4307   // Mock up a declarator.
4308   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4309   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4310   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4311 
4312   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4313   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4314 
4315   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4316   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4317                              ParentDecl,
4318                              DS.getLocStart(),
4319                              DS.getLocStart(),
4320                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4321                              RecTy,
4322                              TInfo,
4323                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4324                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4325   Anon->setImplicit();
4326 
4327   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4328   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4329 
4330   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4331   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4332   // purposes.
4333   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4334   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4335 
4336   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4337   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4338                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4339       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4340                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4341     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4342     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4343   }
4344 
4345   return Anon;
4346 }
4347 
4348 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4349 /// given Declarator.
4350 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4351   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4352 }
4353 
4354 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4355 DeclarationNameInfo
4356 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4357   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4358   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4359 
4360   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4361 
4362   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4363   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4364     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4365     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4366     return NameInfo;
4367 
4368   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4369     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4370                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4371     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4372     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4373       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4374     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4375       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4376     return NameInfo;
4377 
4378   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4379     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4380                                                            Name.Identifier));
4381     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4382     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4383     return NameInfo;
4384 
4385   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4386     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4387     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4388     if (Ty.isNull())
4389       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4390     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4391                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4392     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4393     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4394     return NameInfo;
4395   }
4396 
4397   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4398     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4399     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4400     if (Ty.isNull())
4401       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4402     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4403                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4404     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4405     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4406     return NameInfo;
4407   }
4408 
4409   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4410     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4411     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4412     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4413     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4414     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4415       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4416 
4417     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4418     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4419 
4420     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4421     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4422     // was qualified.
4423 
4424     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4425                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4426     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4427     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4428     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4429     return NameInfo;
4430   }
4431 
4432   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4433     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4434     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4435     if (Ty.isNull())
4436       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4437     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4438                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4439     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4440     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4441     return NameInfo;
4442   }
4443 
4444   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4445     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4446     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4447     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4448   }
4449 
4450   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4451 
4452   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4453 }
4454 
4455 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4456   do {
4457     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4458       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4459     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4460       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4461     else
4462       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4463   } while (true);
4464 }
4465 
4466 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4467 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4468 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4469 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4470 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4471 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4472 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4473 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4474                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4475                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4476                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4477   Params.clear();
4478   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4479     return false;
4480   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4481     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4482     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4483 
4484     // The parameter types are identical
4485     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4486       continue;
4487 
4488     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4489     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4490     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4491     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4492 
4493     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4494         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4495       Params.push_back(Idx);
4496     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4497       return false;
4498   }
4499 
4500   return true;
4501 }
4502 
4503 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4504 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4505 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4506 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4507 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4508 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4509                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4510   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4511   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4512   //   - types which will become injected class names
4513   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4514   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4515   // few cases here.
4516 
4517   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4518   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4519   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4520   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4521   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4522   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4523     // Grab the type from the parser.
4524     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4525     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4526     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4527 
4528     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4529     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4530     // attached already.
4531     if (!TSI)
4532       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4533 
4534     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4535     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4536     if (!TSI) return true;
4537 
4538     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4539     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4540     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4541     break;
4542   }
4543 
4544   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4545   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4546     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4547     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4548     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4549     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4550     break;
4551   }
4552 
4553   default:
4554     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4555     break;
4556   }
4557 
4558   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4559   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4560     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4561 
4562     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4563     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4564     // pointer.
4565     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4566       continue;
4567 
4568     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4569     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4570     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4571       return true;
4572   }
4573 
4574   return false;
4575 }
4576 
4577 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4578   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4579   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4580 
4581   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4582       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4583     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4584 
4585   return Dcl;
4586 }
4587 
4588 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4589 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4590 ///   name different from T:
4591 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4592 ///     - every member function of class T
4593 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4594 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4595 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4596                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4597   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4598 
4599   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4600     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4601       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4602       return true;
4603     }
4604 
4605   return false;
4606 }
4607 
4608 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4609 /// nested-name-specifier.
4610 ///
4611 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4612 ///
4613 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4614 /// resolves.
4615 ///
4616 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4617 ///
4618 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4619 ///
4620 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4621 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4622                                         DeclarationName Name,
4623                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4624   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4625   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4626     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4627 
4628   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4629   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4630   //
4631   // class X {
4632   //   void X::f();
4633   // };
4634   //
4635   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4636   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4637   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4638     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4639       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4640                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4641         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4642       SS.clear();
4643     } else {
4644       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4645     }
4646     return false;
4647   }
4648 
4649   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4650   // declaration.
4651   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4652     if (Cur->isRecord())
4653       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4654         << Name << SS.getRange();
4655     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4656       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4657         << Name << SS.getRange();
4658     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4659       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4660         << Name << SS.getRange();
4661     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4662       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4663         << Name << SS.getRange();
4664     else
4665       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4666       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4667 
4668     return true;
4669   }
4670 
4671   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4672     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4673     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4674       << Name << SS.getRange();
4675     SS.clear();
4676 
4677     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4678     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4679     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4680     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4681          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4682         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4683                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4684       return true;
4685 
4686     return false;
4687   }
4688 
4689   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4690   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4691   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4692   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4693   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4694     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4695   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4696         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4697     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4698       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4699 
4700   return false;
4701 }
4702 
4703 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4704                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4705   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4706   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4707   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4708 
4709   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4710   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4711   if (!Name) {
4712     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4713       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4714            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4715         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4716     return nullptr;
4717   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4718     return nullptr;
4719 
4720   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4721   // we find one that is.
4722   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4723          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4724     S = S->getParent();
4725 
4726   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4727   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4728     D.setInvalidType();
4729   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4730     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4731                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4732       return nullptr;
4733 
4734     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4735     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4736     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4737       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4738       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4739       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4740       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4741       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4742            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4743         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4744         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4745       return nullptr;
4746     }
4747     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4748 
4749     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4750         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4751       return nullptr;
4752 
4753     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
4754     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4755       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4756            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4757         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4758       return nullptr;
4759     }
4760     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4761       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4762                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4763         if (DC->isRecord())
4764           return nullptr;
4765 
4766         D.setInvalidType();
4767       }
4768     }
4769 
4770     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4771     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4772     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4773         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4774       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4775       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4776         D.setInvalidType();
4777     }
4778   }
4779 
4780   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4781   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4782 
4783   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4784     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4785     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
4786     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
4787     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4788       return nullptr;
4789 
4790   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4791                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4792     D.setInvalidType();
4793 
4794   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4795                         ForRedeclaration);
4796 
4797   // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration
4798   // lookup, let name lookup know.
4799   if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) &&
4800       getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage &&
4801       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4802     Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false);
4803 
4804   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4805   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4806     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4807     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4808 
4809     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4810     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4811     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4812     //
4813     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4814     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4815     // the same name.
4816     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4817       /* Do nothing*/;
4818     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4819              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4820               R->isFunctionType())) {
4821       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4822       CreateBuiltins =
4823           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4824     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4825                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4826       CreateBuiltins = true;
4827 
4828     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4829       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4830 
4831     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4832   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4833     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4834 
4835     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4836     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4837     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4838     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4839     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4840     //  thereof; [...]
4841     //
4842     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4843     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4844     // we want to match. For example, given:
4845     //
4846     //   class X {
4847     //     void f();
4848     //     void f(float);
4849     //   };
4850     //
4851     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4852     //
4853     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4854     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4855     // matches.
4856 
4857     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4858     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4859     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4860     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4861     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4862   }
4863 
4864   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4865       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4866     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4867     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4868       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4869                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4870 
4871     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4872     Previous.clear();
4873   }
4874 
4875   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4876   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4877   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4878   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4879   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4880       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4881     Previous.clear();
4882 
4883   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4884   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4885   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4886     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4887 
4888   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
4889     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
4890     // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
4891     // template, declared in namespace scope
4892     if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4893       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
4894            diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
4895       return nullptr;
4896     }
4897 
4898     if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
4899       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4900            diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope);
4901       return nullptr;
4902     }
4903   }
4904 
4905   NamedDecl *New;
4906 
4907   bool AddToScope = true;
4908   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4909     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4910       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4911       return nullptr;
4912     }
4913 
4914     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4915   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4916     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4917                                   TemplateParamLists,
4918                                   AddToScope);
4919   } else {
4920     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4921                                   AddToScope);
4922   }
4923 
4924   if (!New)
4925     return nullptr;
4926 
4927   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4928   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4929   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4930        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4931     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4932     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4933     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4934     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4935     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4936     if (!AddToContext)
4937       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4938   }
4939 
4940   return New;
4941 }
4942 
4943 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4944 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4945 /// GCC compatibility).
4946 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4947                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4948                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4949                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4950   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4951   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4952   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4953   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4954   SizeIsNegative = false;
4955   Oversized = 0;
4956 
4957   if (T->isDependentType())
4958     return QualType();
4959 
4960   QualifierCollector Qs;
4961   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4962 
4963   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4964     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4965     QualType FixedType =
4966         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4967                                             Oversized);
4968     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4969     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4970     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4971   }
4972   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4973     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4974     QualType FixedType =
4975         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4976                                             Oversized);
4977     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4978     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4979     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4980   }
4981 
4982   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4983   if (!VLATy)
4984     return QualType();
4985   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4986   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4987     return QualType();
4988 
4989   llvm::APSInt Res;
4990   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4991       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4992     return QualType();
4993 
4994   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4995   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4996     SizeIsNegative = true;
4997     return QualType();
4998   }
4999 
5000   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5001   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
5002     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
5003                                               Res);
5004   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5005     Oversized = Res;
5006     return QualType();
5007   }
5008 
5009   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
5010                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5011 }
5012 
5013 static void
5014 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5015   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5016   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5017   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5018     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5019     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5020                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5021     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5022     return;
5023   }
5024   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5025     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5026     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5027                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5028     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5029     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5030     return;
5031   }
5032   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5033   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5034   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5035   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5036   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5037   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5038   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5039   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5040 }
5041 
5042 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5043 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5044 /// GCC compatibility).
5045 static TypeSourceInfo*
5046 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5047                                               ASTContext &Context,
5048                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5049                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5050   QualType FixedTy
5051     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5052                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5053   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5054     return nullptr;
5055   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5056   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5057                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5058   return FixedTInfo;
5059 }
5060 
5061 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5062 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5063 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5064 /// function-scope declarations.
5065 void
5066 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5067   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5068       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5069     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5070     return;
5071 
5072   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5073   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5074 }
5075 
5076 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5077   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5078   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5079   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5080 }
5081 
5082 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5083 /// does not identify a function.
5084 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5085   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5086   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
5087   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
5088     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
5089          diag::err_inline_non_function);
5090 
5091   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5092     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5093          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5094 
5095   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5096     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5097          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5098 
5099   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5100     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5101          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5102 }
5103 
5104 NamedDecl*
5105 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5106                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5107   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5108   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5109     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5110       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5111     D.setInvalidType();
5112     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5113     DC = CurContext;
5114     Previous.clear();
5115   }
5116 
5117   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5118 
5119   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5120     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5121       << 1;
5122   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified())
5123     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5124          diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5125 
5126   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5127     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5128       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5129     return nullptr;
5130   }
5131 
5132   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5133   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5134 
5135   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5136   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5137 
5138   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5139 
5140   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5141   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5142   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5143   return ND;
5144 }
5145 
5146 void
5147 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5148   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5149   // then it shall have block scope.
5150   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5151   // that redeclarations will match.
5152   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5153   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5154   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5155     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5156 
5157     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5158       bool SizeIsNegative;
5159       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5160       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5161         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5162                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5163                                                       Oversized);
5164       if (FixedTInfo) {
5165         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5166         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5167       } else {
5168         if (SizeIsNegative)
5169           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5170         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5171           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5172         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5173           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5174             << Oversized.toString(10);
5175         else
5176           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5177         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5178       }
5179     }
5180   }
5181 }
5182 
5183 
5184 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5185 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5186 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5187 NamedDecl*
5188 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5189                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5190   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5191   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5192   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5193                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5194   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5195   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5196     Redeclaration = true;
5197     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
5198   }
5199 
5200   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5201   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5202     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5203         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5204       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5205         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5206       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5207         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5208       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5209         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5210       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5211         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5212     }
5213 
5214   return NewTD;
5215 }
5216 
5217 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5218 /// previous declaration.
5219 ///
5220 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5221 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5222 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5223 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5224 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5225 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5226 ///
5227 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5228 /// lookup
5229 ///
5230 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5231 /// declared.
5232 ///
5233 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5234 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5235 static bool
5236 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5237                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5238   if (!PrevDecl)
5239     return false;
5240 
5241   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5242     return false;
5243 
5244   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5245     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5246     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5247     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5248     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5249     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5250     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5251     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5252     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5253       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5254       return false;
5255 
5256     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5257     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5258       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5259       return false;
5260 
5261     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5262     // previous declarations.
5263     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5264     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5265 
5266     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5267     // isn't the same function.
5268     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5269       return false;
5270   }
5271 
5272   return true;
5273 }
5274 
5275 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5276   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5277   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5278   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5279 }
5280 
5281 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5282   QualType type = decl->getType();
5283   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5284   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5285     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5286     unsigned kind = -1U;
5287     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5288       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5289         kind = 0; // __block
5290       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5291         kind = 1; // global
5292     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5293       kind = 3; // ivar
5294     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5295       kind = 2; // field
5296     }
5297 
5298     if (kind != -1U) {
5299       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5300         << kind;
5301     }
5302   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5303     // Try to infer lifetime.
5304     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5305       return false;
5306 
5307     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5308     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5309     decl->setType(type);
5310   }
5311 
5312   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5313     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5314     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5315         var->getTLSKind()) {
5316       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5317         << var->getType();
5318       return true;
5319     }
5320   }
5321 
5322   return false;
5323 }
5324 
5325 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5326   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5327   // the wrong linkage.
5328   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5329 
5330   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5331   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5332     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5333       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5334       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5335     }
5336   }
5337   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5338     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5339       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5340       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5341       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5342     }
5343   }
5344 
5345   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5346     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5347       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5348         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5349                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5350         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD;
5351         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5352       }
5353     }
5354   }
5355 
5356   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5357   // It does not apply to functions.
5358   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5359     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5360       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5361              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5362       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5363     }
5364   }
5365 
5366   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5367     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
5368     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
5369     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
5370     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) {
5371       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5372         << &ND << Attr;
5373       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5374     }
5375   }
5376 }
5377 
5378 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5379                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5380                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5381   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5382     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5383   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5384     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5385 
5386   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5387     return;
5388 
5389   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5390   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5391   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5392   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5393 
5394   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5395   // inherited attribute instances.
5396   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5397                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5398 
5399   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5400   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5401   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5402   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5403   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5404 
5405   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5406     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
5407     bool JustWarn = false;
5408     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5409       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5410       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5411         JustWarn = true;
5412       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5413       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5414         JustWarn = true;
5415     }
5416 
5417     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
5418     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
5419     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
5420     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
5421       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
5422         JustWarn = false;
5423 
5424     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5425                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5426     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5427         << NewDecl
5428         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5429     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5430     if (!JustWarn) {
5431       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5432       return;
5433     }
5434   }
5435 
5436   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5437   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5438   // and qualified friend declarations.
5439   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5440   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5441   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5442     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5443     // separately.
5444     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5445   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5446     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5447     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5448                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5449   }
5450 
5451   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5452       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5453     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5454            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5455       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5456     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5457     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5458     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5459     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5460   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr &&
5461              !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
5462     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5463     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5464     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5465     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5466            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5467         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5468   }
5469 }
5470 
5471 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5472 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5473 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5474 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5475   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5476 
5477   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5478   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5479 
5480   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5481   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5482     return false;
5483 
5484   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5485 
5486 #ifndef NDEBUG
5487   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5488   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5489   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5490   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5491   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5492 #endif
5493 
5494   bool isC99Inline =
5495       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5496 
5497 #ifndef NDEBUG
5498   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5499 #endif
5500 
5501   return isC99Inline;
5502 }
5503 
5504 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5505 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5506 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5507 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5508 ///
5509 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5510 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5511 ///
5512 /// For instance:
5513 ///
5514 ///   auto x = []{};
5515 ///
5516 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5517 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5518 ///
5519 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5520 template<typename T>
5521 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5522   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5523     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5524     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5525       return false;
5526 
5527     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes if overloading is enabled.
5528     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads &&
5529         (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
5530          D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
5531       return false;
5532   }
5533   return D->isExternC();
5534 }
5535 
5536 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5537   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5538   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5539     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5540   if (DC->isFileContext())
5541     return true;
5542   if (DC->isRecord())
5543     return false;
5544   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5545 }
5546 
5547 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5548   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5549   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5550     return true;
5551   if (DC->isRecord())
5552     return false;
5553   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5554 }
5555 
5556 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5557                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5558   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5559     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5560       return true;
5561   return false;
5562 }
5563 
5564 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5565                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5566   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5567   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5568     return true;
5569 
5570   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5571   // position to the decl itself.
5572   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5573     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5574       return true;
5575   }
5576 
5577   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5578   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5579 }
5580 
5581 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5582 /// function-local external declaration.
5583 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5584   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5585     return false;
5586 
5587   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5588   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5589   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5590   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5591     return true;
5592 
5593   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5594   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5595   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5596   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5597   //
5598   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5599   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5600   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5601     DC = DC->getParent();
5602   return true;
5603 }
5604 
5605 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
5606 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
5607   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5608     return FD->isExternC();
5609   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
5610     return VD->isExternC();
5611 
5612   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
5613 }
5614 
5615 NamedDecl *
5616 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5617                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5618                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5619                               bool &AddToScope) {
5620   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5621   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5622 
5623   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5624   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5625 
5626   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5627   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5628   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5629       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5630       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5631     SC = SC_Extern;
5632 
5633   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5634   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5635                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5636 
5637   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5638     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5639     QualType NR = R;
5640     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5641       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5642         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5643         D.setInvalidType();
5644         break;
5645       }
5646       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5647     }
5648 
5649     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5650       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5651       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5652       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5653         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5654         D.setInvalidType();
5655       }
5656     }
5657   }
5658 
5659   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5660     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5661     // an error here
5662     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5663     D.setInvalidType();
5664     SC = SC_None;
5665   }
5666 
5667   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5668       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5669                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5670     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5671     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5672     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5673     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5674          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5675       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5676   }
5677 
5678   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5679   if (!II) {
5680     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5681       << Name;
5682     return nullptr;
5683   }
5684 
5685   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5686 
5687   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5688     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5689     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5690     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5691     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5692       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5693       D.setInvalidType();
5694     }
5695   }
5696 
5697   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5698     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5699     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5700     // space qualifiers.
5701     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5702       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5703       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5704     }
5705 
5706     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5707     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5708     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5709     // address space qualifiers.
5710     if (R->isEventT()) {
5711       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5712         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5713         D.setInvalidType();
5714       }
5715 
5716       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5717         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5718         D.setInvalidType();
5719       }
5720     }
5721   }
5722 
5723   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5724   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5725   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5726   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5727   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5728   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5729   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5730   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5731     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5732                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5733                             R, TInfo, SC);
5734 
5735     if (D.isInvalidType())
5736       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5737   } else {
5738     bool Invalid = false;
5739 
5740     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5741       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5742       switch (SC) {
5743       case SC_None:
5744         break;
5745       case SC_Static:
5746         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5747              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5748           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5749         break;
5750       case SC_Auto:
5751       case SC_Register:
5752       case SC_Extern:
5753         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5754         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5755         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5756         // of class members
5757 
5758         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5759              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5760           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5761         break;
5762       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5763         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5764       }
5765     }
5766 
5767     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5768       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5769         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5770           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5771                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5772             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5773 
5774         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5775         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5776         if (RD->isUnion())
5777           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5778                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5779                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5780                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5781         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5782         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5783           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5784                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5785             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5786       }
5787     }
5788 
5789     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5790     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5791     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5792         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5793         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5794         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5795             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5796             : nullptr,
5797         TemplateParamLists,
5798         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5799 
5800     if (TemplateParams) {
5801       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5802           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5803         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5804         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5805         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5806              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5807           << II
5808           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5809                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5810         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5811       } else {
5812         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5813           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5814           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5815           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5816           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5817         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5818           // This is a template declaration.
5819           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5820 
5821           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5822           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5823             return nullptr;
5824 
5825           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5826           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5827                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5828                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5829                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5830         }
5831       }
5832     } else {
5833       assert(
5834           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
5835           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5836     }
5837 
5838     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5839       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5840           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5841               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5842               : SourceLocation();
5843       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5844           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5845           IsPartialSpecialization);
5846       if (Res.isInvalid())
5847         return nullptr;
5848       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5849       AddToScope = false;
5850     } else
5851       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5852                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5853 
5854     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5855     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5856       NewTemplate =
5857           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5858                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5859       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5860     }
5861 
5862     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5863     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5864     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5865       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5866 
5867     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5868       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5869       if (NewTemplate)
5870         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5871     }
5872 
5873     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5874 
5875     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5876     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5877     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5878     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5879       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5880           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
5881 
5882     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5883       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5884 
5885     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
5886       NewVD->setConcept(true);
5887 
5888       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
5889       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
5890       // specifiers, [...]
5891       if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) {
5892         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5893              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
5894             << 0 << 0;
5895         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5896       }
5897 
5898       if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
5899         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
5900              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
5901             << 0 << 3;
5902         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5903       }
5904     }
5905   }
5906 
5907   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5908   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5909   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5910   if (NewTemplate)
5911     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5912 
5913   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5914     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5915 
5916   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
5917   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5918     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5919     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5920     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5921     //   explicitly.
5922     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5923     //   'extern'.
5924     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
5925         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
5926          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
5927          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
5928       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5929            diag::err_thread_non_global)
5930         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5931     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
5932       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5933         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
5934         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
5935         // error should be ignored.
5936         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
5937         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
5938         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
5939         // to emit any code for it.
5940         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5941       } else
5942         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5943              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5944     } else
5945       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5946   }
5947 
5948   // C99 6.7.4p3
5949   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5950   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5951   //   thread storage duration...
5952   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5953   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5954   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5955   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5956   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5957   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5958       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5959     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5960     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5961       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5962            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5963       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5964     }
5965   }
5966 
5967   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5968     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5969       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5970           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5971           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5972                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5973     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5974       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5975         << 2
5976         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5977     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5978       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5979         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5980         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5981         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5982     else {
5983       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5984       if (NewTemplate)
5985         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5986     }
5987   }
5988 
5989   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5990   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5991 
5992   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5993     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
5994       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5995            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5996     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5997     // storage [duration]."
5998     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5999         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
6000          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
6001       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
6002     }
6003   }
6004 
6005   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
6006   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
6007   // check the VarDecl itself.
6008   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
6009          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
6010          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
6011 
6012   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
6013   // retainable type.
6014   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
6015     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6016 
6017   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6018   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
6019     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6020     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6021     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
6022     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
6023       switch (SC) {
6024       case SC_None:
6025       case SC_Auto:
6026         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
6027         break;
6028       case SC_Register:
6029         // Local Named register
6030         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6031             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
6032           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6033         break;
6034       case SC_Static:
6035       case SC_Extern:
6036       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6037         break;
6038       }
6039     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
6040       // Global Named register
6041       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6042           DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
6043         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6044       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6045         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6046         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6047       }
6048     }
6049 
6050     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6051                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6052   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6053     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6054       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6055     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6056       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6057         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6058         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6059       } else
6060         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6061             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6062     }
6063   }
6064 
6065   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
6066   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
6067     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
6068 
6069   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6070   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6071   // declaration has linkage).
6072   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6073                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6074                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
6075                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6076 
6077   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6078   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6079   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6080       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6081     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6082         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6083         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6084 
6085   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6086     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6087   } else {
6088     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6089     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6090         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6091       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6092 
6093     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6094     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6095       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6096           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6097           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6098         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6099         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6100         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6101           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6102         Previous.clear();
6103         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6104       }
6105     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6106       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6107       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6108         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6109         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6110       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6111     }
6112 
6113     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6114       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6115 
6116     if (NewTemplate) {
6117       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6118           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6119               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6120               : nullptr;
6121 
6122       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6123       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6124       // template declaration.
6125       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6126               TemplateParams,
6127               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6128                               : nullptr,
6129               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6130                DC->isDependentContext())
6131                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6132                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6133         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6134 
6135       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6136       // template, make a note of that.
6137       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6138           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6139         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6140     }
6141   }
6142 
6143   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6144 
6145   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6146   // the map of such variables.
6147   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6148       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6149     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6150 
6151   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6152     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6153     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6154             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6155       Context.setManglingNumber(
6156           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6157                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6158       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6159     }
6160   }
6161 
6162   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
6163   if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
6164       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6165       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
6166 
6167     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
6168     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
6169     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6170       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
6171 
6172     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
6173     // behavior.
6174     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
6175       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
6176   }
6177 
6178   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6179     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6180         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6181         IsExplicitSpecialization);
6182   }
6183 
6184   if (NewTemplate) {
6185     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6186       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6187     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6188     return NewTemplate;
6189   }
6190 
6191   return NewVD;
6192 }
6193 
6194 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6195 /// -Wshadow.
6196 ///
6197 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6198 /// scope.
6199 ///
6200 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
6201 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6202 ///
6203 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
6204   // Return if warning is ignored.
6205   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6206     return;
6207 
6208   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6209   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6210     return;
6211 
6212   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6213 
6214   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6215   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6216     return;
6217 
6218   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6219   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6220     return;
6221 
6222   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6223   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6224     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6225       if (MD->isStatic())
6226         return;
6227 
6228   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6229     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6230       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6231       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6232       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6233         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6234           ShadowedDecl = I;
6235           break;
6236         }
6237     }
6238 
6239   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6240 
6241   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6242   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6243     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6244     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6245       return;
6246 
6247     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6248     // static data members from base classes?
6249 
6250     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6251     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6252     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6253   }
6254 
6255   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6256   unsigned Kind;
6257   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
6258     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6259       Kind = 3; // field
6260     else
6261       Kind = 2; // static data member
6262   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
6263     Kind = 1; // global
6264   else
6265     Kind = 0; // local
6266 
6267   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6268 
6269   // Emit warning and note.
6270   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6271     return;
6272   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6273   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6274 }
6275 
6276 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6277 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6278   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6279     return;
6280 
6281   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6282                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6283   LookupName(R, S);
6284   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6285 }
6286 
6287 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6288 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6289 template<typename T>
6290 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6291     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6292   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6293   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6294 
6295   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6296     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6297     // declaration.
6298     return false;
6299   }
6300 
6301   if (Prev) {
6302     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6303       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6304       // redeclaration.
6305       Previous.clear();
6306       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6307       return true;
6308     }
6309 
6310     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6311     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6312     // declaration.
6313     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6314       return false;
6315   } else {
6316     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6317     // translation unit which might conflict.
6318     if (IsGlobal) {
6319       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6320       IsGlobal = false;
6321       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6322            I != E; ++I) {
6323         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6324           Prev = *I;
6325           break;
6326         }
6327       }
6328     } else {
6329       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6330           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6331       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6332            I != E; ++I) {
6333         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6334           Prev = *I;
6335           break;
6336         }
6337         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6338         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6339         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6340         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6341         // diagnostic.
6342       }
6343     }
6344 
6345     if (!Prev)
6346       return false;
6347   }
6348 
6349   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6350   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6351   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6352   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6353     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6354   else
6355     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6356 
6357   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6358     << IsGlobal << ND;
6359   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6360     << IsGlobal;
6361   return false;
6362 }
6363 
6364 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6365 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6366 ///
6367 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6368 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6369 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6370 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6371 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6372 template<typename T>
6373 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6374                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6375   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6376     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6377     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6378     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6379     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6380       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6381         Previous.clear();
6382         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6383         return true;
6384       }
6385     }
6386     return false;
6387   }
6388 
6389   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6390   // declaration.
6391   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6392     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6393 
6394   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6395   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6396   // in another scope.
6397   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6398     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6399 
6400   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6401   return false;
6402 }
6403 
6404 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6405   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6406   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6407     return;
6408 
6409   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6410   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6411 
6412   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6413   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6414     return;
6415 
6416   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6417     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6418 
6419   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6420     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6421       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6422     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6423     NewVD->setType(T);
6424   }
6425 
6426   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6427   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6428   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6429   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6430   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL
6431       && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6432     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6433     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6434     return;
6435   }
6436 
6437   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6438   // scope.
6439   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
6440       !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers &&
6441       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6442     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6443     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6444     return;
6445   }
6446 
6447   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6448   // __constant address space.
6449   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
6450   // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
6451   // address space.
6452   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6453     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) {
6454       if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
6455           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6456             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
6457              getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) {
6458         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200)
6459           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6460               << "global or constant";
6461         else
6462           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6463               << "constant";
6464         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6465         return;
6466       }
6467     } else {
6468       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
6469       // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
6470       // address space.
6471       if (NewVD->isStaticLocal() &&
6472           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6473             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
6474              getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) {
6475         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200)
6476           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6477               << "global or constant";
6478         else
6479           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6480               << "constant";
6481         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6482         return;
6483       }
6484       // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables
6485       // in functions.
6486       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6487           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
6488         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
6489         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
6490           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
6491             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable)
6492                 << "constant";
6493           else
6494             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable)
6495                 << "local";
6496           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6497           return;
6498         }
6499       }
6500     }
6501   }
6502 
6503   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6504       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6505     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6506       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6507     else {
6508       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6509       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6510     }
6511   }
6512 
6513   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6514   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6515       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6516     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6517 
6518   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6519       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6520     bool SizeIsNegative;
6521     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6522     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6523       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6524                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6525     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6526       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6527       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6528       // int a[10][n];
6529       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6530 
6531       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6532         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6533         << SizeRange;
6534       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6535         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6536         << SizeRange;
6537       else
6538         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6539         << SizeRange;
6540       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6541       return;
6542     }
6543 
6544     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6545       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6546         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6547       else
6548         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6549       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6550       return;
6551     }
6552 
6553     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6554     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6555     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6556   }
6557 
6558   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6559     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6560     //                    of objects and functions.
6561     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6562       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6563         << T;
6564       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6565       return;
6566     }
6567   }
6568 
6569   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6570     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6571     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6572     return;
6573   }
6574 
6575   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6576     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6577     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6578     return;
6579   }
6580 
6581   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6582       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6583                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6584     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6585     return;
6586   }
6587 }
6588 
6589 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6590 /// declaration.
6591 ///
6592 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6593 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6594 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6595 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6596 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6597 ///
6598 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6599 ///
6600 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6601 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6602   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6603 
6604   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6605   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6606     return false;
6607 
6608   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6609   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6610   if (Previous.empty() &&
6611       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6612     Previous.setShadowed();
6613 
6614   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6615     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6616     return true;
6617   }
6618   return false;
6619 }
6620 
6621 namespace {
6622 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
6623   Sema *S;
6624   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6625 
6626   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6627   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6628   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6629   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
6630     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
6631         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6632 
6633     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
6634 
6635     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6636     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6637       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6638       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6639       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6640 
6641       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6642     }
6643 
6644     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
6645          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6646       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6647       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6648         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
6649           return true;
6650       }
6651     }
6652 
6653     return false;
6654   }
6655 };
6656 
6657 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6658 } // end anonymous namespace
6659 
6660 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6661 /// overriden methods.
6662 ///
6663 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6664 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6665 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6666 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6667                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6668   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6669   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6670                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6671        I != E; ++I) {
6672     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6673     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6674     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6675     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6676         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6677         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6678       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6679   }
6680 }
6681 
6682 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6683 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6684 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6685   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
6686   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6687   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
6688   FOM.Method = MD;
6689   FOM.S = this;
6690   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6691   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6692   bool AddedAny = false;
6693   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
6694     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6695       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6696         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6697         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6698             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6699             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6700             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6701           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6702           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6703           AddedAny = true;
6704         }
6705       }
6706     }
6707   }
6708 
6709   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6710     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6711   }
6712   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6713     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6714   }
6715 
6716   return AddedAny;
6717 }
6718 
6719 namespace {
6720   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6721   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6722   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6723     Scope *S;
6724     Declarator &D;
6725     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6726     bool AddToScope;
6727   };
6728 }
6729 
6730 namespace {
6731 
6732 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6733 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6734 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6735  public:
6736   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6737                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6738       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6739         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6740 
6741   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6742     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6743       return false;
6744 
6745     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6746     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6747                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6748          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6749       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6750 
6751       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6752           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6753         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6754           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6755           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6756             return true;
6757         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6758           return true;
6759         }
6760       }
6761     }
6762 
6763     return false;
6764   }
6765 
6766  private:
6767   ASTContext &Context;
6768   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6769   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6770 };
6771 
6772 }
6773 
6774 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6775 ///
6776 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6777 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6778 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6779 /// the same name.
6780 ///
6781 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6782 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6783 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6784     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6785     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6786   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6787   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6788   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6789   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6790   TypoCorrection Correction;
6791   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6792   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6793                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6794   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6795                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6796                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6797                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6798 
6799   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6800   if (IsLocalFriend)
6801     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6802   else
6803     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6804   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6805          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6806   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6807   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6808     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6809          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6810       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6811       if (FD &&
6812           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6813         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6814         // involve a parameter
6815         unsigned ParamNum =
6816             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6817         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6818       }
6819     }
6820   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6821   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6822                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6823                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6824                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
6825                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
6826                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6827     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6828     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6829                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6830     Previous.clear();
6831     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6832     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6833                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6834          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6835       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6836       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6837           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6838         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6839       }
6840     }
6841     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6842 
6843     NamedDecl *Result;
6844     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6845     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6846     {
6847       // Trap errors.
6848       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6849 
6850       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6851       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6852       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6853       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6854           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6855           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6856           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6857           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6858 
6859       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6860         Result = nullptr;
6861     }
6862 
6863     if (Result) {
6864       // Determine which correction we picked.
6865       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6866       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6867            I != E; ++I)
6868         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6869           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6870 
6871       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6872           Correction,
6873           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6874                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6875                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6876             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6877       return Result;
6878     }
6879 
6880     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6881     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6882                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6883     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6884     Previous.clear();
6885     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6886   }
6887 
6888   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6889       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6890 
6891   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6892   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6893     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6894 
6895   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6896        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6897        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6898     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6899     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6900     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6901     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6902 
6903     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6904     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6905       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6906       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6907       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6908       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6909                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6910         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6911         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6912     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6913       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6914           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6915     } else
6916       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6917                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6918                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6919   }
6920   return nullptr;
6921 }
6922 
6923 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
6924   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6925   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6926   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6927   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6928   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6929     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6930                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6931     D.setInvalidType();
6932     break;
6933   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6934   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6935     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6936       return SC_None;
6937     return SC_Extern;
6938   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6939     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6940       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6941       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6942       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6943       //   other than extern
6944       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6945       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6946                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6947       break;
6948     } else
6949       return SC_Static;
6950   }
6951   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6952   }
6953 
6954   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6955   return SC_None;
6956 }
6957 
6958 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6959                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6960                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6961                                            StorageClass SC,
6962                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6963   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6964   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6965 
6966   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6967   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6968 
6969   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6970     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6971     // prototype. This true when:
6972     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6973     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6974     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6975     bool HasPrototype =
6976       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6977       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6978 
6979     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6980                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6981                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6982                                  HasPrototype, false);
6983     if (D.isInvalidType())
6984       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6985 
6986     return NewFD;
6987   }
6988 
6989   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6990   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6991 
6992   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6993   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6994   // the class has been completely parsed.
6995   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6996       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6997           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6998           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6999     D.setInvalidType();
7000 
7001   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
7002     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
7003     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
7004            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
7005 
7006     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7007     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7008                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7009                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
7010                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
7011                                       isConstexpr);
7012 
7013   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7014     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
7015     if (DC->isRecord()) {
7016       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7017       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
7018       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
7019                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
7020                                         D.getLocStart(),
7021                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
7022                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
7023 
7024       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
7025       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
7026       // it yet.
7027       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
7028           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
7029           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
7030         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
7031       }
7032 
7033       IsVirtualOkay = true;
7034       return NewDD;
7035 
7036     } else {
7037       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
7038       D.setInvalidType();
7039 
7040       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
7041       // code path.
7042       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7043                                   D.getLocStart(),
7044                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
7045                                   SC, isInline,
7046                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
7047     }
7048 
7049   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
7050     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
7051       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7052            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
7053       return nullptr;
7054     }
7055 
7056     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7057     IsVirtualOkay = true;
7058     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7059                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7060                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
7061                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7062 
7063   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
7064     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
7065     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
7066     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
7067     // constructor if it has no return type).
7068     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
7069         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
7070       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
7071         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
7072         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7073       return nullptr;
7074     }
7075 
7076     // This is a C++ method declaration.
7077     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
7078                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7079                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7080                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
7081                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7082     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
7083     return Ret;
7084   } else {
7085     bool isFriend =
7086         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7087     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
7088       return nullptr;
7089 
7090     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7091     // prototype. This true when:
7092     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
7093     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7094                                 D.getLocStart(),
7095                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
7096                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
7097   }
7098 }
7099 
7100 enum OpenCLParamType {
7101   ValidKernelParam,
7102   PtrPtrKernelParam,
7103   PtrKernelParam,
7104   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
7105   InvalidKernelParam,
7106   RecordKernelParam
7107 };
7108 
7109 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
7110   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7111     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7112     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7113       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7114     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
7115                                               : PtrKernelParam;
7116   }
7117 
7118   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7119   // be used as builtin types.
7120 
7121   if (PT->isImageType())
7122     return PtrKernelParam;
7123 
7124   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7125     return InvalidKernelParam;
7126 
7127   if (PT->isEventT())
7128     return InvalidKernelParam;
7129 
7130   if (PT->isHalfType())
7131     return InvalidKernelParam;
7132 
7133   if (PT->isRecordType())
7134     return RecordKernelParam;
7135 
7136   return ValidKernelParam;
7137 }
7138 
7139 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7140   Sema &S,
7141   Declarator &D,
7142   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7143   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7144   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7145 
7146   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7147   // used again
7148   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7149     return;
7150 
7151   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
7152   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7153     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7154     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7155     // pointer to a pointer type.
7156     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7157     D.setInvalidType();
7158     return;
7159 
7160   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
7161     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7162     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7163     // pointer to the private address space.
7164     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
7165     D.setInvalidType();
7166     return;
7167 
7168     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7169     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7170     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7171     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7172     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7173 
7174   case InvalidKernelParam:
7175     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7176     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7177     // of event_t type.
7178     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7179     D.setInvalidType();
7180     return;
7181 
7182   case PtrKernelParam:
7183   case ValidKernelParam:
7184     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7185     return;
7186 
7187   case RecordKernelParam:
7188     break;
7189   }
7190 
7191   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7192   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7193 
7194   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
7195   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
7196   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
7197   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
7198 
7199   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7200   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
7201 
7202   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
7203 
7204   do {
7205     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
7206     if (!Next) {
7207       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
7208       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
7209       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
7210         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
7211 
7212       continue;
7213     }
7214 
7215     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
7216     // field itself) to the history stack.
7217     const RecordDecl *RD;
7218     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
7219       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
7220       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7221     } else {
7222       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7223     }
7224 
7225     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7226     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7227 
7228     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7229       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7230 
7231       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7232         continue;
7233 
7234       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
7235       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7236         continue;
7237 
7238       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7239         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7240         continue;
7241       }
7242 
7243       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7244       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7245       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7246       // union.
7247       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7248           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
7249         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7250                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7251           << PT->isUnionType()
7252           << PT;
7253       } else {
7254         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7255       }
7256 
7257       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7258         << PD->getDeclName();
7259 
7260       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7261       // the offending field came from
7262       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7263                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7264                E = HistoryStack.end();
7265            I != E; ++I) {
7266         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7267         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7268           << OuterField->getType();
7269       }
7270 
7271       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7272         << QT->isPointerType()
7273         << QT;
7274       D.setInvalidType();
7275       return;
7276     }
7277   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7278 }
7279 
7280 NamedDecl*
7281 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7282                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7283                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7284                               bool &AddToScope) {
7285   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7286 
7287   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7288 
7289   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7290   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7291   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7292   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7293 
7294   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7295     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7296          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7297       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7298 
7299   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7300     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
7301                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
7302 
7303   bool isFriend = false;
7304   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7305   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7306   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7307 
7308   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7309   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7310   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7311 
7312   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7313 
7314   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7315   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7316 
7317   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7318                                               isVirtualOkay);
7319   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7320 
7321   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7322     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7323 
7324   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7325   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7326   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7327   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7328 
7329   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7330     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7331 
7332   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7333     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7334     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7335     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7336     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7337     bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified();
7338     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7339     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7340       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7341       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7342       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7343       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7344     }
7345 
7346     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7347     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7348     // return true).
7349     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7350           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7351       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7352         NewFD->setPure(true);
7353 
7354       // C++ [class.union]p2
7355       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
7356       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
7357         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
7358     }
7359 
7360     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7361     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7362     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7363     if (D.isInvalidType())
7364       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7365 
7366     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7367     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7368     bool Invalid = false;
7369     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7370             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7371                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7372                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7373                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7374                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7375                     : nullptr,
7376                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7377                 Invalid)) {
7378       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7379         // This is a function template
7380 
7381         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7382         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7383           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7384 
7385         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7386         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7387           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7388           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7389         }
7390 
7391         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7392         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7393         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7394         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7395           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7396           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7397             Invalid = true;
7398         }
7399 
7400 
7401         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7402                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7403                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7404                                                         NewFD);
7405         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7406         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7407 
7408         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7409         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7410           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7411                                                TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1));
7412         }
7413       } else {
7414         // This is a function template specialization.
7415         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7416         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7417         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7418           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7419 
7420         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7421         if (isFriend) {
7422           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7423           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7424 
7425           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7426           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7427           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7428           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7429           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7430           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7431           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7432             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7433             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7434           }
7435 
7436           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7437             << Name << RemoveRange
7438             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7439             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7440         }
7441       }
7442     }
7443     else {
7444       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7445       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7446       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7447         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7448         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7449     }
7450 
7451     if (Invalid) {
7452       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7453       if (FunctionTemplate)
7454         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7455     }
7456 
7457     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7458     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7459     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7460     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7461     //
7462     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7463       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7464         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7465              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7466       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7467         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7468         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7469              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7470           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7471       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7472         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7473         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7474         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7475              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7476           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7477       } else {
7478         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7479         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7480       }
7481 
7482       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7483           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7484         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7485     }
7486 
7487     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7488         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7489          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7490         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7491       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7492       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7493       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7494       // thing to do.
7495       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7496       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7497       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7498           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7499       QualType Result =
7500           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7501       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7502                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7503     }
7504 
7505     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7506     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7507     //  declaration.
7508     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7509       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7510         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7511         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7512              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7513           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7514       }
7515     }
7516 
7517     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7518     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7519     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7520     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7521     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7522       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7523         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7524         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7525              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7526           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7527       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7528                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7529         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7530         // or conversion function.
7531         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7532              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7533           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7534       }
7535     }
7536 
7537     if (isConstexpr) {
7538       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7539       // are implicitly inline.
7540       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7541 
7542       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7543       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7544       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7545       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7546         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7547     }
7548 
7549     if (isConcept) {
7550       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
7551       // applied only to the definition of a function template [...]
7552       if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7553         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
7554              diag::err_function_concept_not_defined);
7555         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7556       }
7557 
7558       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall
7559       // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified
7560       // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...]
7561       if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7562         if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
7563           SourceRange Range;
7564           if (D.isFunctionDeclarator())
7565             Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange();
7566           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec)
7567               << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range);
7568           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7569         } else {
7570           Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept);
7571         }
7572       }
7573 
7574       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is
7575       // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline)
7576       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7577 
7578       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
7579       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
7580       // specifiers, [...]
7581       if (isInline) {
7582         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7583              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
7584             << 1 << 1;
7585         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7586       }
7587 
7588       if (isFriend) {
7589         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(),
7590              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
7591             << 1 << 2;
7592         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7593       }
7594 
7595       if (isConstexpr) {
7596         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7597              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
7598             << 1 << 3;
7599         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7600       }
7601     }
7602 
7603     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7604     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7605       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7606         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7607           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7608         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7609           << 0
7610           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7611       } else {
7612         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7613         if (FunctionTemplate)
7614           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7615       }
7616     }
7617 
7618     if (isFriend) {
7619       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7620         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7621         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7622       }
7623       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7624       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7625     }
7626 
7627     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7628     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7629     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7630     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7631       case FDK_Declaration:
7632       case FDK_Definition:
7633         break;
7634 
7635       case FDK_Defaulted:
7636         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7637         break;
7638 
7639       case FDK_Deleted:
7640         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7641         break;
7642     }
7643 
7644     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7645         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7646       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7647       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7648       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7649       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7650     }
7651 
7652     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7653         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7654       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7655       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7656       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7657       //   the class.
7658 
7659       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7660       // member function definition.
7661       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7662            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7663         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7664     }
7665 
7666     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7667     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7668     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7669     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7670     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7671          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7672         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7673       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7674           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7675           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7676   }
7677 
7678   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7679   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7680                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7681                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7682                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7683 
7684   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7685   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7686     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7687     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7688     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7689                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7690   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7691     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7692       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7693     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7694       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
7695         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7696         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7697       } else
7698         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7699             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
7700     }
7701   }
7702 
7703   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7704   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7705   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7706   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7707     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7708 
7709     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7710     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7711     // single void argument.
7712     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7713     // already checks for that case.
7714     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7715       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7716         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7717         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7718         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7719         Params.push_back(Param);
7720 
7721         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7722           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7723       }
7724     }
7725 
7726   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7727     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7728     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7729     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7730     //
7731     // @code
7732     // typedef void fn(int);
7733     // fn f;
7734     // @endcode
7735 
7736     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7737     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7738       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7739           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7740       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7741       Params.push_back(Param);
7742     }
7743   } else {
7744     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7745            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7746   }
7747 
7748   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7749   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7750 
7751   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7752   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7753   //
7754   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7755   //
7756   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7757   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7758   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7759 
7760   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7761     NewFD->addAttr(
7762         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7763                                        Context, 0));
7764 
7765   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7766   // because all functions have linkage.
7767   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7768       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7769     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7770     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7771   }
7772 
7773   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
7774   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7775       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7776     NewFD->addAttr(
7777         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7778                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7779                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7780     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7781                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7782                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7783                      NewFD))
7784       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7785   }
7786 
7787   // Handle attributes.
7788   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7789 
7790   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7791     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7792     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7793     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
7794     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7795         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7796         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7797       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7798            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7799       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7800     }
7801   }
7802 
7803   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7804     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7805     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7806     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7807       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7808 
7809     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7810       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7811 
7812     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7813       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7814                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7815     else if (!Previous.empty())
7816       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7817       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7818     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7819             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7820            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7821 
7822     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
7823     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
7824     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
7825     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
7826     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7827       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
7828       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
7829         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7830         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
7831         int DiagID =
7832             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7833         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7834             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
7835       }
7836     }
7837   } else {
7838     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7839     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7840     //
7841     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7842     //
7843     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7844     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7845     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7846         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7847         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7848       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7849            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7850         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7851 
7852     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7853     // argument list into our AST format.
7854     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7855       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7856       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7857       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7858       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7859                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7860       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7861                                  TemplateArgs);
7862 
7863       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7864 
7865       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7866         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7867       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7868         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7869         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7870           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7871 
7872         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7873       } else {
7874         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7875                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7876                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7877         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7878         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7879       }
7880     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7881       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7882       // wrote something like:
7883       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7884       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7885       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7886       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7887       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7888       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7889       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7890     }
7891 
7892     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7893     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7894     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7895     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7896     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7897     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7898         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7899          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7900             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7901             InstantiationDependent))) {
7902       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7903              "friend function specialization without template args");
7904       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7905                                                        Previous))
7906         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7907     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7908       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7909           && !isFriend) {
7910         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7911         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7912           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7913           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7914           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7915       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7916                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7917                                                            : nullptr),
7918                                                      Previous))
7919         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7920 
7921       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7922       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7923       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7924       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7925           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7926       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7927         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7928           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7929                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7930             << SC
7931             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7932                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7933 
7934         else
7935           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7936                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7937             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7938                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7939       }
7940 
7941     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7942       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7943           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7944     }
7945 
7946     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7947     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7948       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7949         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7950 
7951       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7952         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7953 
7954       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7955         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7956                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7957       else if (!Previous.empty())
7958         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7959         D.setRedeclaration(true);
7960     }
7961 
7962     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7963             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7964            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7965 
7966     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7967                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7968                                 : NewFD);
7969 
7970     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7971       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7972       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7973         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7974 
7975       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7976       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7977     }
7978 
7979     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7980         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7981       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7982 
7983     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7984     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7985     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7986       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7987                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7988       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7989                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7990                                     : nullptr,
7991                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7992                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7993                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7994                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7995                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7996                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7997                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7998                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7999                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
8000     }
8001 
8002     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8003       // Ignore all the rest of this.
8004     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
8005       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
8006                                        AddToScope };
8007       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
8008       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
8009         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8010 
8011       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
8012       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
8013         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
8014         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
8015 
8016         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
8017         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
8018         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
8019         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
8020         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
8021         // can actually do this check immediately.
8022         if (isFriend &&
8023             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
8024              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
8025              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
8026           // ignore these
8027         } else {
8028           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
8029           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
8030           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
8031           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
8032           //
8033           // class X {
8034           //   void f() const;
8035           // };
8036           //
8037           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
8038           //
8039           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
8040           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
8041           // whether the parameter types are references).
8042 
8043           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8044                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
8045             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8046             return Result;
8047           }
8048         }
8049 
8050         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
8051         // to something.
8052       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
8053         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8054                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
8055           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8056           return Result;
8057         }
8058       }
8059 
8060     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8061                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
8062                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
8063                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
8064       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
8065       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
8066       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
8067       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
8068       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
8069       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
8070       // generate them.
8071       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
8072         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8073     }
8074   }
8075 
8076   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
8077   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
8078 
8079   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
8080 
8081   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
8082       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8083     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8084          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
8085       << NewFD;
8086 
8087     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
8088     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
8089     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
8090         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
8091     EPI.Variadic = true;
8092     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
8093 
8094     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
8095     NewFD->setType(R);
8096   }
8097 
8098   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8099   // member, set the visibility of this function.
8100   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
8101     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
8102 
8103   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
8104   // marking the function.
8105   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
8106 
8107   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
8108   // a pragma.
8109   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
8110     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
8111 
8112   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
8113   // the map of such variables.
8114   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8115       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
8116     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
8117 
8118   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
8119   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
8120 
8121   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
8122     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
8123         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
8124         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
8125   }
8126 
8127   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8128     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8129       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8130         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8131       return FunctionTemplate;
8132     }
8133   }
8134 
8135   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8136     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
8137     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
8138         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
8139       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
8140       D.setInvalidType();
8141     }
8142 
8143     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
8144     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
8145       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8146       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
8147           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
8148                                 : FixItHint());
8149       D.setInvalidType();
8150     }
8151 
8152     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
8153     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
8154       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
8155   }
8156 
8157   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
8158 
8159   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
8160     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
8161       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8162           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
8163         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
8164           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
8165             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
8166 
8167           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
8168         }
8169       }
8170 
8171   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
8172   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
8173   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
8174   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8175     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
8176                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
8177                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
8178                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
8179                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
8180     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
8181     AddToScope = false;
8182   }
8183 
8184   return NewFD;
8185 }
8186 
8187 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
8188 ///
8189 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
8190 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
8191 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
8192 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
8193 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
8194 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
8195 /// via InstantiateDecl).
8196 ///
8197 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
8198 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
8199 ///
8200 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
8201 ///
8202 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
8203 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8204                                     LookupResult &Previous,
8205                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
8206   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
8207          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
8208 
8209   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
8210   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
8211   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
8212   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8213                                !Previous.isShadowed();
8214 
8215   bool Redeclaration = false;
8216   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
8217 
8218   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
8219   // the same name, if appropriate.
8220   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8221     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
8222     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
8223     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
8224     // function to the scope.
8225     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
8226       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8227       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
8228         Redeclaration = true;
8229         OldDecl = Candidate;
8230       }
8231     } else {
8232       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
8233                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
8234       case Ovl_Match:
8235         Redeclaration = true;
8236         break;
8237 
8238       case Ovl_NonFunction:
8239         Redeclaration = true;
8240         break;
8241 
8242       case Ovl_Overload:
8243         Redeclaration = false;
8244         break;
8245       }
8246 
8247       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8248         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
8249         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
8250         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8251           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8252         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
8253         if (Redeclaration)
8254           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
8255         else if (!Previous.empty())
8256           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8257         if (OverloadedDecl)
8258           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
8259                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8260         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8261       }
8262     }
8263   }
8264 
8265   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
8266   if (!Redeclaration &&
8267       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
8268     if (!Previous.empty()) {
8269       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
8270       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
8271       Redeclaration = true;
8272       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8273       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
8274 
8275       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
8276       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8277         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8278           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8279             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8280           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8281                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8282           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8283         }
8284         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8285           Redeclaration = false;
8286           OldDecl = nullptr;
8287         }
8288       }
8289     }
8290   }
8291 
8292   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8293   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8294   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8295   //
8296   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
8297   // definition of a static member function.
8298   //
8299   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
8300   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
8301   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8302   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
8303       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
8304       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
8305     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
8306     if (OldDecl)
8307       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
8308     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
8309       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8310         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8311       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8312       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8313       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8314                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8315 
8316       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8317       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8318       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8319         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8320         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8321                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8322           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8323 
8324         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8325           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8326       }
8327     }
8328   }
8329 
8330   if (Redeclaration) {
8331     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8332     // merged.
8333     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8334       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8335       return Redeclaration;
8336     }
8337 
8338     Previous.clear();
8339     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8340 
8341     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8342                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8343       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8344       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8345         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8346       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8347       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8348             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8349         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8350         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8351       }
8352 
8353       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8354       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8355       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8356           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8357         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8358         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8359       }
8360 
8361     } else {
8362       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8363       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8364 
8365       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8366         NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8367     }
8368   }
8369 
8370   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8371 
8372   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8373     // C++-specific checks.
8374     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8375       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8376     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8377                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8378       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8379       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8380 
8381       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8382       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8383       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8384         DeclarationName Name
8385           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8386                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8387         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8388           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8389           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8390           return Redeclaration;
8391         }
8392       }
8393     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8394                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8395       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8396     }
8397 
8398     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8399     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8400       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8401           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8402           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8403         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8404           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8405           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8406             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8407           }
8408         }
8409       }
8410 
8411       if (Method->isStatic())
8412         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8413     }
8414 
8415     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8416     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8417         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8418       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8419       return Redeclaration;
8420     }
8421 
8422     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8423     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8424         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8425       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8426       return Redeclaration;
8427     }
8428 
8429     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8430     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8431     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8432     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8433       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8434 
8435     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8436     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8437     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8438       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8439       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8440       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8441       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8442         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8443         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8444         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8445       }
8446     }
8447 
8448     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8449     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8450     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8451     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8452     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
8453       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8454       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8455         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8456             << NewFD << R;
8457       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8458                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8459         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8460     }
8461   }
8462   return Redeclaration;
8463 }
8464 
8465 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8466   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8467   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8468   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8469   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8470   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8471   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8472   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8473   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8474     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8475          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8476       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8477   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8478     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8479       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8480   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8481     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8482     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8483     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8484     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8485       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8486   }
8487   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8488     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8489       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8490     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8491   }
8492 
8493   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8494     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8495         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8496     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8497     return;
8498   }
8499 
8500   QualType T = FD->getType();
8501   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8502   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8503 
8504   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8505     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8506     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8507     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8508 
8509     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8510     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8511       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8512     else {
8513       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8514       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8515       if (RTRange.isValid())
8516         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8517             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8518     }
8519   } else {
8520     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8521     // set the flag which tells us that.
8522     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8523 
8524     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8525     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8526       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8527     else {
8528       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8529       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8530       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8531           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8532                                 : FixItHint());
8533       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8534     }
8535   }
8536 
8537   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8538   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8539 
8540   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8541   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8542   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8543 
8544   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8545 
8546   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
8547     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
8548     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
8549     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
8550   }
8551 
8552   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8553   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8554   // getting shifty.
8555   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8556     HasExtraParameters = false;
8557 
8558   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8559     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8560     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8561     nparams = 3;
8562   }
8563 
8564   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8565   // if we had some location information about types.
8566 
8567   QualType CharPP =
8568     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8569   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8570 
8571   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8572     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8573 
8574     bool mismatch = true;
8575 
8576     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8577       mismatch = false;
8578     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8579       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8580       //   char const **
8581       //   char const * const *
8582       //   char * const *
8583 
8584       QualifierCollector qs;
8585       const PointerType* PT;
8586       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8587           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8588           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8589                               Context.CharTy)) {
8590         qs.removeConst();
8591         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8592       }
8593     }
8594 
8595     if (mismatch) {
8596       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8597       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8598       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8599     }
8600   }
8601 
8602   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8603     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8604   }
8605 
8606   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8607     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8608     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8609   }
8610 }
8611 
8612 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8613   QualType T = FD->getType();
8614   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8615   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8616 
8617   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8618   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8619   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8620       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8621       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8622     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8623     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8624       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8625 
8626   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8627     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8628     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8629   }
8630 }
8631 
8632 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8633   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8634   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8635   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8636   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8637   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8638   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8639   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8640   // rules there don't matter.)
8641   const Expr *Culprit;
8642   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8643     return false;
8644   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8645     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8646   return true;
8647 }
8648 
8649 namespace {
8650   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8651   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8652   class SelfReferenceChecker
8653       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8654     Sema &S;
8655     Decl *OrigDecl;
8656     bool isRecordType;
8657     bool isPODType;
8658     bool isReferenceType;
8659 
8660     bool isInitList;
8661     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8662   public:
8663     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8664 
8665     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8666                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8667       isPODType = false;
8668       isRecordType = false;
8669       isReferenceType = false;
8670       isInitList = false;
8671       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8672         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8673         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8674         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8675       }
8676     }
8677 
8678     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8679     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8680     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8681     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8682       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8683       if (!InitList) {
8684         Visit(E);
8685         return;
8686       }
8687 
8688       // Track and increment the index here.
8689       isInitList = true;
8690       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8691       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8692         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8693         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8694       }
8695       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8696     }
8697 
8698     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8699     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8700     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8701       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8702       Expr *Base = E;
8703       bool ReferenceField = false;
8704 
8705       // Get the field memebers used.
8706       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8707         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8708         if (!FD)
8709           return false;
8710         Fields.push_back(FD);
8711         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8712           ReferenceField = true;
8713         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8714       }
8715 
8716       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8717       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8718       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8719         return false;
8720 
8721       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8722       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8723         return true;
8724 
8725       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8726       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8727       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
8728         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
8729 
8730       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8731       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8732       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8733       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8734                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8735                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8736                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8737            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8738         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8739           return true;
8740         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8741           break;
8742       }
8743 
8744       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8745       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8746       return true;
8747     }
8748 
8749     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8750     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8751     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8752     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8753       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8754       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8755         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8756         return;
8757       }
8758 
8759       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8760         Visit(CO->getCond());
8761         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8762         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8763         return;
8764       }
8765 
8766       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8767               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8768         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8769         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8770         return;
8771       }
8772 
8773       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8774         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8775         return;
8776       }
8777 
8778       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8779         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8780           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8781           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8782           return;
8783         }
8784       }
8785 
8786       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8787         if (isInitList) {
8788           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8789                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8790             return;
8791         }
8792 
8793         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8794         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8795           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8796           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8797             return;
8798           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8799         }
8800         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8801           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8802         return;
8803       }
8804 
8805       Visit(E);
8806     }
8807 
8808     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8809     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8810     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8811       if (isReferenceType)
8812         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8813     }
8814 
8815     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8816       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8817         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8818         return;
8819       }
8820 
8821       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8822     }
8823 
8824     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8825       if (isInitList) {
8826         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8827           return;
8828       }
8829 
8830       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8831       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8832 
8833       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8834       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8835       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8836       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8837       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8838       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8839         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8840           Warn = false;
8841         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8842       }
8843 
8844       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8845         if (Warn)
8846           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8847         return;
8848       }
8849 
8850       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8851       // Visit that expression.
8852       Visit(Base);
8853     }
8854 
8855     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8856       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
8857 
8858       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
8859         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8860 
8861       Visit(Callee);
8862       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
8863         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8864     }
8865 
8866     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8867       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8868       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8869           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8870         if (!isPODType)
8871           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8872         return;
8873       }
8874 
8875       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8876         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8877         return;
8878       }
8879 
8880       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8881     }
8882 
8883     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8884 
8885     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8886       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8887         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8888         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8889           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8890             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8891         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8892           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8893             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8894         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8895         return;
8896       }
8897       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8898     }
8899 
8900     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8901       // Treat std::move as a use.
8902       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8903         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8904           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
8905               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8906             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8907             return;
8908           }
8909         }
8910       }
8911 
8912       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8913     }
8914 
8915     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8916       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8917         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8918         Visit(E->getRHS());
8919         return;
8920       }
8921 
8922       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8923     }
8924 
8925     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8926     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8927     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8928     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8929       Visit(E->getCond());
8930       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8931     }
8932 
8933     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8934       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8935       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8936       unsigned diag;
8937       if (isReferenceType) {
8938         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8939       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8940         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8941       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8942                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8943                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
8944         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8945       } else {
8946         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
8947         return;
8948       }
8949 
8950       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8951                             S.PDiag(diag)
8952                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8953                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8954                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8955     }
8956   };
8957 
8958   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8959   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8960                                  bool DirectInit) {
8961     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8962     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8963     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8964       return;
8965 
8966     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8967 
8968     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8969     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8970     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8971       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8972         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8973           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8974             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8975               return;
8976 
8977     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8978   }
8979 }
8980 
8981 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8982 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8983 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8984 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8985                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8986   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8987   // the initializer.
8988   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8989     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
8990     return;
8991   }
8992 
8993   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8994     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
8995     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8996       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8997     Method->setInvalidDecl();
8998     return;
8999   }
9000 
9001   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
9002   if (!VDecl) {
9003     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
9004     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
9005     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9006     return;
9007   }
9008   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
9009 
9010   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
9011   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9012     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
9013     // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a
9014     // TypoExpr.
9015     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
9016     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
9017       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9018       return;
9019     }
9020 
9021     if (Res.get() != Init) {
9022       Init = Res.get();
9023       if (CXXDirectInit)
9024         CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
9025     }
9026 
9027     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
9028     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
9029     // contains exactly one expression.
9030     if (CXXDirectInit) {
9031       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
9032         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
9033         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
9034         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
9035              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
9036                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
9037           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
9038           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
9039         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9040         return;
9041       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
9042         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
9043              VDecl->isInitCapture()
9044                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
9045                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
9046           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
9047           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
9048         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9049         return;
9050       } else {
9051         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
9052         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
9053           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
9054                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
9055             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
9056             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
9057       }
9058     }
9059 
9060     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
9061     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
9062     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
9063         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
9064       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9065       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9066         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9067         return;
9068       }
9069       Init = Result.get();
9070       DefaultedToAuto = true;
9071     }
9072 
9073     QualType DeducedType;
9074     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
9075             DAR_Failed)
9076       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
9077     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
9078       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9079       return;
9080     }
9081     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
9082     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
9083 
9084     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
9085     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
9086       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9087 
9088     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
9089     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
9090     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
9091     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
9092     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
9093         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
9094       SourceLocation Loc =
9095           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
9096       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
9097         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9098     }
9099 
9100     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
9101     // the previously declared type.
9102     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
9103       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
9104       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
9105       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
9106     }
9107 
9108     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
9109     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
9110     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9111       return;
9112 
9113     // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when
9114     // we implement N3922.
9115     if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
9116       Diag(Init->getLocStart(),
9117            diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init)
9118         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "=");
9119     }
9120   }
9121 
9122   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
9123   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
9124     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
9125     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9126     return;
9127   }
9128 
9129   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
9130     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
9131     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
9132     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9133     return;
9134   }
9135 
9136   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
9137     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
9138     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
9139     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
9140     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
9141     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
9142       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
9143     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
9144                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9145       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9146       return;
9147     }
9148 
9149     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9150     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
9151                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9152                                AbstractVariableType))
9153       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9154   }
9155 
9156   VarDecl *Def;
9157   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
9158     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
9159     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
9160         (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
9161          VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
9162          VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
9163          VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
9164       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
9165       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
9166     } else {
9167       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
9168         << VDecl->getDeclName();
9169       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9170       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9171       return;
9172     }
9173   }
9174 
9175   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9176     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
9177     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
9178     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9179     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
9180     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
9181     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
9182     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
9183     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
9184     //
9185     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
9186     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
9187     // declaration with an initializer.
9188     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
9189       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
9190           << VDecl->getDeclName();
9191       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
9192            diag::note_previous_initializer)
9193           << 0;
9194       return;
9195     }
9196 
9197     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
9198       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9199 
9200     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
9201       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9202       return;
9203     }
9204   }
9205 
9206   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
9207   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
9208   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
9209     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
9210     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9211     return;
9212   }
9213 
9214   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
9215   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
9216   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
9217 
9218   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
9219   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
9220   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9221       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
9222     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9223     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9224       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9225       return;
9226     }
9227     Init = Result.get();
9228   }
9229 
9230   // Perform the initialization.
9231   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9232     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
9233     InitializationKind Kind
9234       = DirectInit ?
9235           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
9236                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
9237                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
9238                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
9239                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
9240                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
9241                                                     Init->getLocStart());
9242 
9243     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
9244     if (CXXDirectInit)
9245       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
9246                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
9247 
9248     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
9249     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
9250       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
9251           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
9252             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
9253             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
9254           });
9255       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
9256         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9257       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
9258         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
9259       }
9260     }
9261     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9262       return;
9263 
9264     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
9265     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
9266     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9267       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9268       return;
9269     }
9270 
9271     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
9272   }
9273 
9274   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
9275   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
9276   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
9277   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
9278       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9279     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
9280   }
9281 
9282   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
9283   // completed by the initializer. For example:
9284   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
9285   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
9286   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
9287     VDecl->setType(DclT);
9288 
9289   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9290     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
9291 
9292     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
9293       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
9294 
9295     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
9296     // Although this code can still have problems:
9297     //   id x = self.weakProp;
9298     //   id y = self.weakProp;
9299     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
9300     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9301     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9302     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
9303         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9304                          Init->getLocStart()))
9305         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
9306   }
9307 
9308   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
9309   //
9310   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
9311   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
9312   // full-expression. For instance, in:
9313   //
9314   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
9315   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
9316   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
9317   //
9318   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
9319   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9320                                           false,
9321                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9322   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9323     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9324     return;
9325   }
9326   Init = Result.get();
9327 
9328   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
9329   VDecl->setInit(Init);
9330 
9331   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
9332     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
9333     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
9334     // C++ does not have this restriction.
9335     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9336       const Expr *Culprit;
9337       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9338         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9339       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
9340       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
9341       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
9342       // constant expressions.
9343       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
9344                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
9345                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9346         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
9347              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
9348           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9349     }
9350   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
9351              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
9352     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
9353     //
9354     // struct S {
9355     //   static const int value = 17;
9356     // };
9357 
9358     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
9359     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
9360     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
9361     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
9362     //
9363     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
9364     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
9365     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9366     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
9367     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
9368     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
9369     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
9370     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
9371     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
9372 
9373     // Do nothing on dependent types.
9374     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
9375 
9376     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
9377     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
9378     // type.
9379     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
9380 
9381     // Require constness.
9382     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
9383       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
9384         << Init->getSourceRange();
9385       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9386 
9387     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
9388     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9389       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
9390       SourceLocation Loc;
9391       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
9392         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
9393         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
9394         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
9395       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
9396         ; // Nothing to check.
9397       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
9398         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
9399       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9400         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
9401         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
9402         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9403           << Init->getSourceRange();
9404       } else {
9405         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
9406         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
9407         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9408           << Init->getSourceRange();
9409         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9410       }
9411 
9412     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
9413     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
9414       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
9415       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
9416       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
9417         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
9418              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9419             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9420         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
9421              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9422             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9423       } else {
9424         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
9425           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9426 
9427         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9428           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9429             << Init->getSourceRange();
9430           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9431         }
9432       }
9433 
9434     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
9435     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
9436       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
9437         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
9438         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9439       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
9440 
9441     } else {
9442       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
9443         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9444       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9445     }
9446   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
9447     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
9448         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
9449          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
9450            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
9451         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
9452       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
9453 
9454     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
9455     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9456       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9457   }
9458 
9459   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
9460   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
9461   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
9462   //
9463   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
9464   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
9465   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
9466   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
9467   // special case code.
9468 
9469   // C++ 8.5p11:
9470   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9471   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9472   // class type.
9473   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9474     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9475     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9476   } else if (DirectInit) {
9477     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9478     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9479   }
9480 
9481   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9482 }
9483 
9484 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9485 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9486 /// of sanity.
9487 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9488   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9489   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9490   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9491 
9492   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9493   if (!VD) return;
9494 
9495   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9496   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9497     D->setInvalidDecl();
9498     return;
9499   }
9500 
9501   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9502   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9503 
9504   // Require a complete type.
9505   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9506                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9507                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9508     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9509     return;
9510   }
9511 
9512   // Require a non-abstract type.
9513   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9514                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9515                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9516     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9517     return;
9518   }
9519 
9520   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9521   // though.
9522 }
9523 
9524 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9525                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9526   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9527   if (!RealDecl)
9528     return;
9529 
9530   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9531     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9532 
9533     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9534     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9535       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9536         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9537       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9538       return;
9539     }
9540 
9541     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9542     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9543     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9544     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9545     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9546     // member.
9547     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9548       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9549         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9550              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9551           << Var->getDeclName();
9552       else
9553         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9554       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9555       return;
9556     }
9557 
9558     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...]  A variable template
9559     // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A
9560     // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer.
9561     if (Var->isConcept()) {
9562       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized);
9563       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9564       return;
9565     }
9566 
9567     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9568     // be initialized.
9569     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9570         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9571         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9572       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9573       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9574       return;
9575     }
9576 
9577     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9578     case VarDecl::Definition:
9579       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9580         break;
9581 
9582       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9583       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9584       // a declaration.
9585       //
9586       // Fall through
9587 
9588     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9589       // It's only a declaration.
9590 
9591       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9592       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9593       // object shall be complete.
9594       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9595           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9596           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9597                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9598         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9599 
9600       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9601       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9602           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9603                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9604                                  AbstractVariableType))
9605         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9606       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9607           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9608         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9609         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9610       }
9611 
9612       return;
9613 
9614     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9615       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9616       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9617       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9618       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9619       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9620       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9621         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9622                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9623           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9624                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9625                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9626             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9627         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9628           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9629           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9630           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9631           // NOTE: code such as the following
9632           //     static struct s;
9633           //     struct s { int a; };
9634           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9635           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9636           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9637           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9638             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9639                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9640         }
9641       }
9642 
9643       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9644       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9645         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9646       return;
9647     }
9648 
9649     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9650     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9651     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9652       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9653            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9654       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9655       return;
9656     }
9657 
9658     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9659     // definitions with reference type.
9660     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9661       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9662         << Var->getDeclName()
9663         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9664       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9665       return;
9666     }
9667 
9668     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9669     // variable with dependent type.
9670     if (Type->isDependentType())
9671       return;
9672 
9673     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9674       return;
9675 
9676     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9677       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9678                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9679                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9680         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9681         return;
9682       }
9683     } else {
9684       return;
9685     }
9686 
9687     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9688     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9689                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9690                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9691       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9692       return;
9693     }
9694 
9695     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9696     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9697     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9698     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9699     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9700     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9701     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9702     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9703     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9704     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9705     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9706       if (const RecordType *Record
9707             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9708         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9709         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9710         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9711         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9712         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9713           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9714       }
9715     }
9716 
9717     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9718     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9719     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9720     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9721     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9722     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9723     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9724     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9725     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9726     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9727     //   program is ill-formed.
9728     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9729     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9730     //   default-initialized; [...].
9731     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9732     InitializationKind Kind
9733       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9734 
9735     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9736     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9737     if (Init.isInvalid())
9738       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9739     else if (Init.get()) {
9740       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9741       // This is important for template substitution.
9742       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9743     }
9744 
9745     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9746   }
9747 }
9748 
9749 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9750   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9751   if (!VD) {
9752     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9753     D->setInvalidDecl();
9754     return;
9755   }
9756 
9757   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9758 
9759   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9760   int Error = -1;
9761   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9762   case SC_None:
9763     break;
9764   case SC_Extern:
9765     Error = 0;
9766     break;
9767   case SC_Static:
9768     Error = 1;
9769     break;
9770   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9771     Error = 2;
9772     break;
9773   case SC_Auto:
9774     Error = 3;
9775     break;
9776   case SC_Register:
9777     Error = 4;
9778     break;
9779   }
9780   if (Error != -1) {
9781     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9782       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9783     D->setInvalidDecl();
9784   }
9785 }
9786 
9787 StmtResult
9788 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9789                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9790                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9791                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9792   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9793   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9794   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9795   //   is equivalent to
9796   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9797   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9798 
9799   const char *PrevSpec;
9800   unsigned DiagID;
9801   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9802                      getPrintingPolicy());
9803 
9804   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9805   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9806   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9807 
9808   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9809   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9810                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9811   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9812   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9813   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9814   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9815                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9816 }
9817 
9818 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9819   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9820 
9821   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9822   // local retaining variable.
9823   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
9824       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9825     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9826     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9827     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9828     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9829       break;
9830 
9831     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9832     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9833       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9834       break;
9835     }
9836   }
9837 
9838   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9839   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9840   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9841   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9842   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9843   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9844       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9845       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9846       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9847                                   var->getLocation())) {
9848     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9849     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9850     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9851       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9852 
9853     if (!prev)
9854       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9855   }
9856 
9857   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9858     const Expr *Culprit;
9859     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9860       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9861       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9862       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9863       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9864       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9865         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9866     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9867                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9868                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9869       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9870       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9871       //   initialization.
9872       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9873       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9874         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9875       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9876         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9877     }
9878 
9879   }
9880 
9881   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
9882   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
9883   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9884       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9885     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9886     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9887     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9888       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9889     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9890       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9891       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9892     } else {
9893       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9894       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9895     }
9896     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9897       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9898           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9899           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9900     }
9901     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9902       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9903         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9904 
9905     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9906     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9907     // attribute.
9908     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9909       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9910                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9911   }
9912 
9913   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9914   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9915 
9916   QualType type = var->getType();
9917   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9918 
9919   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9920   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9921     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9922     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9923 
9924     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9925     // constructing this copy.
9926     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9927       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9928       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9929       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9930       ExprResult result
9931         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9932             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9933             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9934       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9935         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9936         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9937         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9938       }
9939     }
9940   }
9941 
9942   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9943   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
9944   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9945 
9946   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9947       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9948     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9949         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9950                                     var->getLocation())) {
9951       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9952       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9953       // warned about them.
9954       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9955       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9956           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9957         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9958           << Init->getSourceRange();
9959     }
9960 
9961     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9962       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9963       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9964         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9965         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9966         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9967         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9968               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9969           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9970           Notes.clear();
9971         }
9972         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9973           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9974         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9975           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9976       }
9977     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9978       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9979       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9980       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9981       var->checkInitIsICE();
9982     }
9983   }
9984 
9985   // Require the destructor.
9986   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9987     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9988 }
9989 
9990 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
9991 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
9992   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
9993     return true;
9994   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
9995     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
9996       return true;
9997   return false;
9998 }
9999 
10000 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
10001 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
10002 void
10003 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
10004   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
10005   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
10006 
10007   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
10008   if (!VD)
10009     return;
10010 
10011   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
10012 
10013   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
10014   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
10015   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
10016   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
10017     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
10018     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
10019     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) {
10020       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
10021       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
10022         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
10023           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
10024           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
10025       }
10026     }
10027   }
10028 
10029   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
10030   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
10031     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
10032             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
10033       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
10034         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
10035         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
10036         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
10037       }
10038     }
10039   }
10040 
10041   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
10042   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
10043 
10044   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
10045   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
10046     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
10047         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10048       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
10049       // with a warning.
10050       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
10051         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
10052       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
10053           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
10054           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10055 
10056       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
10057            IsClassTemplateMember
10058                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
10059                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
10060       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10061       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
10062         VD->setInvalidDecl();
10063     }
10064   }
10065 
10066   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
10067   // isn't exported with the variable.
10068   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
10069     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
10070     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
10071       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
10072       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
10073       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
10074       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
10075     } else {
10076       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
10077                                                                     << DLLAttr;
10078       VD->setInvalidDecl();
10079     }
10080   }
10081 
10082   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
10083     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10084       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
10085       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
10086     }
10087   }
10088 
10089   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
10090   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
10091   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
10092   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
10093     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
10094 
10095   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
10096   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
10097       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
10098     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
10099 
10100   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
10101   // tag values.
10102   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
10103       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
10104     return;
10105 
10106   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
10107     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
10108     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
10109       continue;
10110     }
10111     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
10112     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
10113       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
10114            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
10115         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
10116       continue;
10117     }
10118     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
10119       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
10120            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
10121         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
10122       continue;
10123     }
10124     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
10125     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
10126                                MagicValue,
10127                                I->getMatchingCType(),
10128                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
10129                                I->getMustBeNull());
10130   }
10131 }
10132 
10133 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
10134                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10135   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
10136 
10137   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
10138     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
10139 
10140   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
10141   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10142     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
10143       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
10144         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
10145           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
10146       Decls.push_back(D);
10147     }
10148 
10149   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
10150     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
10151       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
10152       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
10153           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10154         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
10155     }
10156   }
10157 
10158   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
10159 }
10160 
10161 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
10162 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
10163 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
10164 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
10165                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
10166   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
10167   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
10168   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
10169   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
10170   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
10171   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
10172   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
10173   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
10174     QualType Deduced;
10175     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
10176     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
10177     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10178       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
10179         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
10180         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
10181         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
10182           break;
10183         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
10184         if (!U.isNull()) {
10185           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
10186           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
10187             Deduced = U;
10188             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
10189             DeducedDecl = D;
10190           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
10191             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
10192                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
10193               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
10194               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
10195               << U << D->getDeclName()
10196               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
10197               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
10198             D->setInvalidDecl();
10199             break;
10200           }
10201         }
10202       }
10203     }
10204   }
10205 
10206   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
10207 
10208   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
10209       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
10210 }
10211 
10212 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
10213   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
10214 }
10215 
10216 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10217   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
10218   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
10219     return;
10220 
10221   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
10222                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
10223       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
10224                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
10225     return;
10226 
10227   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
10228     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
10229     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
10230     // additional declaration references:
10231     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
10232     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
10233     //   'struct S *pS;'
10234     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
10235     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
10236     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
10237       Group = Group.slice(1);
10238     }
10239   }
10240 
10241   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
10242   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
10243   if (!Comments.empty() &&
10244       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
10245     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
10246     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
10247     //
10248     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
10249     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
10250     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
10251     // ahead through comments.
10252     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10253       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
10254   }
10255 }
10256 
10257 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
10258 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
10259 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
10260   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
10261 
10262   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
10263 
10264   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
10265   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
10266   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
10267     SC = SC_Register;
10268   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10269              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
10270     SC = SC_Auto;
10271   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
10272     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
10273          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
10274     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
10275   }
10276 
10277   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
10278     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
10279       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
10280   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
10281     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
10282       << 0;
10283   if (DS.isConceptSpecified())
10284     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
10285 
10286   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
10287 
10288   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10289   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
10290 
10291   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10292     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
10293     // parameter.
10294     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
10295 
10296     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
10297     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
10298       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
10299         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
10300       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
10301     }
10302   }
10303 
10304   // Ensure we have a valid name
10305   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
10306   if (D.hasName()) {
10307     II = D.getIdentifier();
10308     if (!II) {
10309       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
10310         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
10311       D.setInvalidType(true);
10312     }
10313   }
10314 
10315   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
10316   if (II) {
10317     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
10318                    ForRedeclaration);
10319     LookupName(R, S);
10320     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
10321       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
10322       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10323         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10324         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
10325         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10326         PrevDecl = nullptr;
10327       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10328         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
10329         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10330 
10331         // Recover by removing the name
10332         II = nullptr;
10333         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
10334         D.setInvalidType(true);
10335       }
10336     }
10337   }
10338 
10339   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
10340   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
10341   // looking like class members in C++.
10342   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10343                                     D.getLocStart(),
10344                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
10345                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
10346                                     SC);
10347 
10348   if (D.isInvalidType())
10349     New->setInvalidDecl();
10350 
10351   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
10352   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
10353   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
10354                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
10355 
10356   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
10357   S->AddDecl(New);
10358   if (II)
10359     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
10360 
10361   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
10362 
10363   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10364     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10365       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
10366       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10367       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10368 
10369   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10370     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
10371   }
10372   return New;
10373 }
10374 
10375 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
10376 /// typedef.
10377 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
10378                                               SourceLocation Loc,
10379                                               QualType T) {
10380   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
10381      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
10382      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
10383   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
10384                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
10385                                            SC_None, nullptr);
10386   Param->setImplicit();
10387   return Param;
10388 }
10389 
10390 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10391                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
10392   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
10393   // will already have done so in the template itself.
10394   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10395     return;
10396 
10397   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10398     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
10399         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
10400       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
10401         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
10402     }
10403   }
10404 }
10405 
10406 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10407                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
10408                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
10409                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
10410   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
10411     return;
10412 
10413   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10414   // threshold.
10415   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
10416     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
10417     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10418       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
10419           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
10420   }
10421 
10422   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10423   // threshold.
10424   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10425     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
10426     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
10427       continue;
10428     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
10429     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10430       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
10431           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
10432   }
10433 }
10434 
10435 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10436                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
10437                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
10438                                   StorageClass SC) {
10439   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
10440   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
10441       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
10442       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
10443 
10444     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
10445 
10446     // Special cases for arrays:
10447     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
10448     //   - otherwise, it's an error
10449     if (T->isArrayType()) {
10450       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
10451         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
10452             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
10453             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
10454       }
10455       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
10456     } else {
10457       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
10458     }
10459     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
10460   }
10461 
10462   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
10463                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
10464                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
10465 
10466   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
10467   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
10468   // the class has been completely parsed.
10469   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
10470       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10471                              AbstractParamType))
10472     New->setInvalidDecl();
10473 
10474   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
10475   // passed by reference.
10476   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
10477     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
10478     Diag(NameLoc,
10479          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
10480       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
10481     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
10482     New->setType(T);
10483   }
10484 
10485   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
10486   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
10487   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
10488   // an address space.
10489   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
10490     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
10491     // to be qualified with an address space.
10492     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
10493       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
10494       New->setInvalidDecl();
10495     }
10496   }
10497 
10498   return New;
10499 }
10500 
10501 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
10502                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
10503   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
10504 
10505   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10506   // for a K&R function.
10507   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10508     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10509       --i;
10510       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10511         SmallString<256> Code;
10512         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10513             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10514         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10515             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10516             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
10517 
10518         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10519         // type.
10520         AttributeFactory attrs;
10521         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10522         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10523         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10524         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10525                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10526         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10527         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10528         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10529         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10530         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10531         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10532       }
10533     }
10534   }
10535 }
10536 
10537 Decl *
10538 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
10539                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10540                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
10541   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10542   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10543   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10544 
10545   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10546   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
10547   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
10548 }
10549 
10550 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10551   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10552 }
10553 
10554 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10555                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10556   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10557   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10558     return false;
10559 
10560   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10561   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10562     return false;
10563 
10564   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10565   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10566     return false;
10567 
10568   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10569   if (FD->isMain())
10570     return false;
10571 
10572   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10573   if (FD->isInlined())
10574     return false;
10575 
10576   // Don't warn about function templates.
10577   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10578     return false;
10579 
10580   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10581   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10582     return false;
10583 
10584   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10585   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10586     return false;
10587 
10588   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
10589   if (FD->isDeleted())
10590     return false;
10591 
10592   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10593   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10594        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10595     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10596     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10597     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10598       continue;
10599 
10600     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10601     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10602       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10603     break;
10604   }
10605 
10606   return MissingPrototype;
10607 }
10608 
10609 void
10610 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10611                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
10612                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
10613   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10614   // was an extern inline function.
10615   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10616   if (!Definition)
10617     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10618       return;
10619 
10620   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10621     return;
10622 
10623   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
10624   // a template, skip the new definition.
10625   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
10626       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
10627        Definition->isInlined() ||
10628        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
10629        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
10630     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
10631     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10632       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation());
10633     else
10634       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition),
10635                                   FD->getLocation());
10636     return;
10637   }
10638 
10639   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10640       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10641     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10642         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10643   else
10644     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10645 
10646   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10647   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10648 }
10649 
10650 
10651 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10652                                    Sema &S) {
10653   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10654 
10655   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10656   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10657   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10658   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10659   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10660 
10661   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10662     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10663   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10664     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10665   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10666     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10667   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10668 
10669   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10670   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10671 
10672   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10673   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10674   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10675   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10676     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10677       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10678       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10679         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10680       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10681       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10682       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10683           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
10684           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10685                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10686           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10687 
10688     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10689       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10690                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10691     } else {
10692       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10693     }
10694     ++I;
10695   }
10696 }
10697 
10698 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
10699                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
10700   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10701   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10702 
10703   if (!D)
10704     return D;
10705   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10706 
10707   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10708     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10709   else
10710     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10711 
10712   // See if this is a redefinition.
10713   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
10714     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
10715 
10716     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
10717     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
10718       return D;
10719   }
10720 
10721   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10722   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10723   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10724   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10725   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10726   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10727   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10728   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10729   // have the LSI properly restored.
10730   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10731     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10732       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10733       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10734     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10735   }
10736   else
10737     // Enter a new function scope
10738     PushFunctionScope();
10739 
10740   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10741   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10742     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10743         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10744       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10745       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10746     }
10747   }
10748 
10749   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10750   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10751   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10752   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10753       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10754       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10755                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10756     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10757 
10758   if (FnBodyScope)
10759     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10760 
10761   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10762   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10763                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10764 
10765   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10766   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10767     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10768 
10769     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10770     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10771       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10772 
10773       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10774     }
10775   }
10776 
10777   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10778   // introduce them into the function scope.
10779   if (FnBodyScope) {
10780     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10781              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10782              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10783          I != E; ++I) {
10784       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10785 
10786       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
10787       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
10788       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
10789       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10790         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10791         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10792           if (DI == D) {
10793             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10794             break;
10795           }
10796         }
10797         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10798         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10799       }
10800 
10801       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10802       if (!D->getName().empty())
10803         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10804 
10805       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10806       // accessible in this scope.
10807       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10808         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10809           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10810       }
10811     }
10812   }
10813 
10814   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10815   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10816     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10817 
10818   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10819   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10820       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10821     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10822     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10823     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10824     return D;
10825   }
10826   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10827   // a function template).
10828   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10829   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10830       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10831       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10832     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10833 
10834   return D;
10835 }
10836 
10837 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10838 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10839 /// optimization.
10840 ///
10841 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10842 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10843 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10844 /// use the named return value optimization.
10845 ///
10846 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10847 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10848 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10849 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10850   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10851 
10852   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10853     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10854       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10855         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10856     }
10857   }
10858 }
10859 
10860 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10861   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10862   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10863     return false;
10864 
10865   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10866   // return type (yet).
10867   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10868     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10869     // we can still delay parsing it.
10870     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10871       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10872       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10873           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10874         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10875         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10876       }
10877     }
10878     return false;
10879   }
10880 
10881   return true;
10882 }
10883 
10884 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10885   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10886   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10887   // rest of the file.
10888   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10889   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10890   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10891     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10892       return false;
10893   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10894 }
10895 
10896 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10897   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10898     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10899   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10900     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10901   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10902 }
10903 
10904 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10905   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10906 }
10907 
10908 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10909                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10910   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10911 
10912   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10913   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10914 
10915   if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty())
10916     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
10917 
10918   if (FD) {
10919     FD->setBody(Body);
10920 
10921     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10922         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10923       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10924       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10925       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10926       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10927         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10928             << FD->getReturnType();
10929         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10930       } else {
10931         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10932         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10933         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10934             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10935       }
10936     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
10937       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
10938       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
10939         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
10940 
10941         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
10942         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
10943         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
10944         QualType RetType =
10945             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
10946 
10947         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
10948         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
10949             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10950         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
10951                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
10952       }
10953     }
10954 
10955     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10956     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10957     // is the first declaration.
10958     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10959       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10960         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10961       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10962                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
10963                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10964         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10965     }
10966 
10967     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10968     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10969     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10970       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10971 
10972     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10973     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10974     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10975       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10976 
10977     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10978       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10979       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
10980         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10981       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10982                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10983 
10984       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
10985       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10986         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10987       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
10988         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
10989 
10990       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10991       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10992       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10993       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10994           !FD->isDependentContext())
10995         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10996     }
10997 
10998     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10999     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
11000     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
11001     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
11002     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
11003     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
11004     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
11005       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
11006 
11007       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
11008         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
11009         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
11010         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
11011                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
11012           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
11013           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
11014             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
11015                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
11016                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
11017                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
11018         }
11019       }
11020     }
11021 
11022     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
11023       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
11024       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
11025           MD->isVirtual() &&
11026           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
11027           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
11028         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
11029         if (FD->isInlined() &&
11030             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
11031           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
11032 
11033           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
11034           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
11035           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
11036           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
11037           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
11038             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
11039         } else {
11040           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
11041           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
11042         }
11043       }
11044     }
11045 
11046     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
11047            "Function parsing confused");
11048   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
11049     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
11050     MD->setBody(Body);
11051     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11052       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
11053       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
11054                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
11055 
11056       if (Body)
11057         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
11058     }
11059     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
11060       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
11061         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
11062       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
11063     }
11064     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
11065       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
11066       bool isDesignated =
11067           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
11068       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
11069       (void)isDesignated;
11070 
11071       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
11072         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
11073         if (!IFace)
11074           return false;
11075         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
11076         if (!SuperD)
11077           return false;
11078         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
11079             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
11080       };
11081       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
11082       // of NSObject.
11083       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
11084         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
11085              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
11086         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
11087              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
11088       }
11089       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
11090     }
11091     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
11092       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
11093       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
11094         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
11095              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
11096       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
11097     }
11098   } else {
11099     return nullptr;
11100   }
11101 
11102   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
11103          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
11104          "handled in the block above.");
11105 
11106   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
11107   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
11108     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
11109     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
11110     // Verify this.
11111     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
11112       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
11113 
11114     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
11115     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
11116         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
11117       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
11118 
11119     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
11120       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
11121         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
11122 
11123       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
11124                                              Destructor->getParent());
11125     }
11126 
11127     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
11128     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
11129     // deletion in some later function.
11130     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
11131         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
11132       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11133     }
11134     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
11135         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
11136       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
11137       // enabled.
11138       ActivePolicy = &WP;
11139     }
11140 
11141     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
11142         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
11143          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
11144       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11145 
11146     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
11147       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
11148         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
11149           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
11150           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
11151           FD->setInvalidDecl();
11152           break;
11153         }
11154       }
11155     }
11156 
11157     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
11158                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
11159            "Leftover temporaries in function");
11160     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
11161     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
11162            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
11163   }
11164 
11165   if (!IsInstantiation)
11166     PopDeclContext();
11167 
11168   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
11169   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
11170   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
11171   // deletion in some later function.
11172   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
11173     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11174   }
11175 
11176   return dcl;
11177 }
11178 
11179 
11180 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
11181 /// relevant Decl.
11182 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
11183                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
11184   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
11185   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
11186     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
11187   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
11188 
11189   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
11190     if (Method->isStatic())
11191       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
11192 }
11193 
11194 
11195 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
11196 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
11197 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
11198                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
11199   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
11200   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
11201   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
11202   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
11203   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
11204     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
11205     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11206     return ExternCPrev;
11207   }
11208 
11209   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
11210   unsigned diag_id;
11211   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
11212     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
11213   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
11214     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
11215   else
11216     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
11217   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
11218 
11219   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
11220   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
11221   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
11222     TypoCorrection Corrected;
11223     if (S &&
11224         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
11225              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
11226              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
11227       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
11228                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
11229   }
11230 
11231   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
11232   const char *Dummy;
11233   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
11234   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
11235   unsigned DiagID;
11236   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
11237                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11238   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
11239   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
11240   SourceLocation NoLoc;
11241   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
11242   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
11243                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
11244                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11245                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
11246                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
11247                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
11248                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11249                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
11250                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
11251                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11252                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11253                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11254                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11255                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
11256                                              EST_None,
11257                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
11258                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
11259                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
11260                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
11261                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
11262                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
11263                                              Loc, Loc, D),
11264                 DS.getAttributes(),
11265                 SourceLocation());
11266   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
11267 
11268   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
11269 
11270   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
11271   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
11272 
11273   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
11274   FD->setImplicit();
11275 
11276   CurContext = PrevDC;
11277 
11278   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
11279 
11280   return FD;
11281 }
11282 
11283 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
11284 /// the declaration of this function.
11285 ///
11286 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
11287 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
11288 /// like NSLog or printf.
11289 ///
11290 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
11291 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
11292 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11293   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11294     return;
11295 
11296   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
11297   // actual attributes.
11298   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
11299     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
11300     unsigned FormatIdx;
11301     bool HasVAListArg;
11302     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
11303       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
11304         const char *fmt = "printf";
11305         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
11306         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
11307             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
11308           fmt = "NSString";
11309         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11310                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
11311                                                FormatIdx+1,
11312                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11313                                                FD->getLocation()));
11314       }
11315     }
11316     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
11317                                              HasVAListArg)) {
11318      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11319        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11320                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
11321                                               FormatIdx+1,
11322                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11323                                               FD->getLocation()));
11324     }
11325 
11326     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
11327     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
11328     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
11329     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
11330         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
11331       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11332         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11333     }
11334 
11335     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
11336         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
11337       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11338                                          FD->getLocation()));
11339     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
11340       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11341     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11342       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11343     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads &&
11344         Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
11345         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
11346       // Assign appropriate attribute depending on CUDA compilation
11347       // mode and the target builtin belongs to. E.g. during host
11348       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, the rest are __host__.
11349       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
11350           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
11351         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11352       else
11353         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11354     }
11355   }
11356 
11357   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
11358   if (!Name)
11359     return;
11360   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11361        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
11362       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
11363        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
11364        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
11365     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
11366     // about.
11367   } else
11368     return;
11369 
11370   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
11371     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
11372     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
11373     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11374       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11375                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
11376                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
11377                                              FD->getLocation()));
11378   }
11379 
11380   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
11381     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
11382     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
11383     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
11384       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
11385                                                 FD->getLocation()));
11386   }
11387 }
11388 
11389 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
11390                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
11391   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
11392   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
11393 
11394   if (!TInfo) {
11395     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
11396     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
11397   }
11398 
11399   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
11400   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11401                                            D.getLocStart(),
11402                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
11403                                            D.getIdentifier(),
11404                                            TInfo);
11405 
11406   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
11407   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
11408     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
11409     return NewTD;
11410   }
11411 
11412   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
11413     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
11414       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11415         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
11416         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11417         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11418     else
11419       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
11420   }
11421 
11422   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
11423   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
11424   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
11425   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
11426   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
11427   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
11428   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
11429   case TST_enum:
11430   case TST_struct:
11431   case TST_interface:
11432   case TST_union:
11433   case TST_class: {
11434     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
11435     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
11436     break;
11437   }
11438 
11439   default:
11440     break;
11441   }
11442 
11443   return NewTD;
11444 }
11445 
11446 
11447 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
11448 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
11449   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11450   QualType T = TI->getType();
11451 
11452   if (T->isDependentType())
11453     return false;
11454 
11455   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
11456     if (BT->isInteger())
11457       return false;
11458 
11459   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
11460   return true;
11461 }
11462 
11463 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
11464 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
11465 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(
11466     SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
11467     bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) {
11468   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
11469 
11470   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
11471     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
11472       << Prev->isScoped();
11473     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11474     return true;
11475   }
11476 
11477   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
11478     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
11479         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
11480         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
11481                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
11482       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
11483       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
11484         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
11485       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
11486           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
11487       return true;
11488     }
11489   } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) {
11490     ;
11491   } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) {
11492     ;
11493   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
11494     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
11495       << Prev->isFixed();
11496     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11497     return true;
11498   }
11499 
11500   return false;
11501 }
11502 
11503 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
11504 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
11505 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
11506 ///
11507 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
11508 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
11509   switch (Tag) {
11510   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
11511   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
11512   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
11513   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
11514   }
11515 }
11516 
11517 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
11518 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
11519 ///
11520 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
11521 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
11522 {
11523   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
11524 }
11525 
11526 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
11527 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
11528 ///
11529 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
11530 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
11531                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
11532                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
11533                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
11534   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
11535   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
11536   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
11537   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
11538   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
11539   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
11540   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
11541   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
11542   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
11543   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
11544   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
11545   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
11546   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
11547   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
11548   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
11549     if (OldTag == NewTag)
11550       return true;
11551 
11552   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
11553     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
11554     bool isTemplate = false;
11555     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
11556       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11557 
11558     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
11559       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
11560       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
11561       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11562         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11563         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11564       return true;
11565     }
11566 
11567     if (isDefinition) {
11568       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11569       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11570       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11571         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11572         return true;
11573       }
11574 
11575       bool previousMismatch = false;
11576       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11577         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11578           if (!previousMismatch) {
11579             previousMismatch = true;
11580             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11581               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11582               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11583           }
11584           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11585             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11586             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11587                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11588         }
11589       }
11590       return true;
11591     }
11592 
11593     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11594     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11595     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11596     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11597                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11598     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11599       return true;
11600     }
11601 
11602     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11603       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11604       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11605     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11606 
11607     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11608     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11609         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11610           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11611           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11612                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11613     }
11614 
11615     return true;
11616   }
11617   return false;
11618 }
11619 
11620 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11621 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11622 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11623 ///   namespace N {
11624 ///     struct X;
11625 ///     namespace M {
11626 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11627 ///     }
11628 ///   }
11629 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11630                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11631   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11632   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11633   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11634   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11635   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11636   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11637     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11638     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11639     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11640     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11641       return FixItHint();
11642     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11643     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11644     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11645         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11646     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11647       break;
11648   }
11649 
11650   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11651   // build an NNS.
11652   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11653   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11654   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11655     OS << "::";
11656   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11657   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11658     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11659   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11660 }
11661 
11662 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
11663 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
11664 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
11665 /// using-declaration).
11666 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
11667                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
11668   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
11669   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
11670 
11671   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
11672     return true;
11673 
11674   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
11675   // encloses the other).
11676   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
11677       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
11678     return true;
11679 
11680   return false;
11681 }
11682 
11683 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11684 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11685 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11686 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11687 ///
11688 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
11689 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11690 ///
11691 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
11692 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
11693 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11694                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11695                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11696                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11697                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11698                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11699                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11700                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11701                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11702                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11703                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11704   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11705   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11706   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11707          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11708   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11709 
11710   OwnedDecl = false;
11711   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11712   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11713 
11714   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11715   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11716   bool Invalid = false;
11717 
11718   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11719   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11720   // for non-C++ cases.
11721   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11722       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11723     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11724             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11725                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11726                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11727       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11728         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11729         return nullptr;
11730       }
11731 
11732       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11733         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11734         // be a member of another template).
11735 
11736         if (Invalid)
11737           return nullptr;
11738 
11739         OwnedDecl = false;
11740         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11741                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11742                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11743                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11744                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11745                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11746                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
11747                                                SkipBody);
11748         return Result.get();
11749       } else {
11750         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11751         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11752           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11753         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11754       }
11755     }
11756   }
11757 
11758   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11759   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11760   // redeclaration.
11761   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11762   bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false;
11763 
11764   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11765     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11766       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11767       // type, default to int.
11768       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11769     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11770       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11771       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11772       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11773       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11774       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11775 
11776       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11777         // Recover by falling back to int.
11778         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11779 
11780       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11781                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11782         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11783 
11784     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11785       if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11786         // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11787         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11788         EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true;
11789       }
11790     }
11791   }
11792 
11793   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11794   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11795   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11796 
11797   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11798   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11799     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11800 
11801   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11802   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11803     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11804 
11805     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11806     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11807       Name = nullptr;
11808       goto CreateNewDecl;
11809     }
11810 
11811     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11812     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11813     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11814       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11815       if (!DC) {
11816         IsDependent = true;
11817         return nullptr;
11818       }
11819     } else {
11820       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11821       if (!DC) {
11822         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11823           << SS.getRange();
11824         return nullptr;
11825       }
11826     }
11827 
11828     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11829       return nullptr;
11830 
11831     SearchDC = DC;
11832     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11833     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11834 
11835     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11836       return nullptr;
11837 
11838     if (Previous.empty()) {
11839       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11840       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11841       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11842       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11843       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11844       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11845       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11846           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11847         IsDependent = true;
11848         return nullptr;
11849       }
11850 
11851       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11852       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11853         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11854       Name = nullptr;
11855       Invalid = true;
11856       goto CreateNewDecl;
11857     }
11858   } else if (Name) {
11859     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
11860     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
11861     //   name different from T:
11862     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
11863     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11864         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
11865       return nullptr;
11866 
11867     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11868     // declaration or definition.
11869     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11870     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11871     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11872     LookupName(Previous, S);
11873 
11874     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11875     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11876     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11877         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11878       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11879       while (F.hasNext()) {
11880         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11881         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11882           F.erase();
11883       }
11884       F.done();
11885     }
11886 
11887     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11888     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11889     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11890     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11891     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11892     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11893     //
11894     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11895     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11896     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11897     //
11898     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11899     // semantic context?
11900     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11901       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11902       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11903       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11904       while (F.hasNext()) {
11905         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11906         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11907         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11908             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11909           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11910             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11911           else
11912             F.erase();
11913         }
11914       }
11915       F.done();
11916 
11917       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11918       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11919       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11920         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11921         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11922             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11923       }
11924     }
11925 
11926     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11927     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11928       return nullptr;
11929 
11930     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11931       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11932       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11933       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11934       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11935       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11936         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11937     }
11938   }
11939 
11940   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11941       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11942     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11943     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11944     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11945     Previous.clear();
11946   }
11947 
11948   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11949       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11950     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11951     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11952 
11953     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11954       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11955       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11956       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11957       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11958     }
11959   }
11960 
11961   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11962   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11963   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11964   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11965   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11966       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11967     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11968     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11969 
11970     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11971       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11972       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11973       //
11974       //          class-key identifier
11975       //
11976       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11977       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11978       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11979       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11980       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11981       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11982       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11983       //      declaration.
11984       //
11985       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11986       // C structs and unions.
11987       //
11988       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11989       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11990       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11991       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11992       //
11993       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11994       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11995       //
11996       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11997       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11998       // lexical context,
11999       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12000         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
12001 
12002       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
12003       while (S->isClassScope() ||
12004              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12005               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
12006              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
12007              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
12008         S = S->getParent();
12009     } else {
12010       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
12011       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
12012       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
12013       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
12014       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
12015       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
12016     }
12017 
12018     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
12019     // diagnose some problems.
12020     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12021       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
12022       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
12023     }
12024   }
12025 
12026   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
12027   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
12028     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
12029 
12030   if (!Previous.empty()) {
12031     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
12032     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12033 
12034     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
12035     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
12036     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
12037     // in C++.
12038     //
12039     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
12040     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
12041     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
12042     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
12043     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12044       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12045         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
12046           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
12047           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
12048               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
12049                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
12050             PrevDecl = Tag;
12051             Previous.clear();
12052             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
12053             Previous.resolveKind();
12054           }
12055         }
12056       }
12057     }
12058 
12059     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
12060     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
12061     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
12062     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
12063       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
12064       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
12065           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) &&
12066           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
12067                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
12068         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
12069         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
12070              diag::note_using_decl_target);
12071         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
12072             << 0;
12073         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
12074         Previous.clear();
12075         goto CreateNewDecl;
12076       }
12077     }
12078 
12079     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12080       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
12081       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
12082       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
12083       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
12084           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
12085                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
12086         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
12087         // struct or something similar.
12088         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
12089                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
12090                                           Name)) {
12091           bool SafeToContinue
12092             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
12093                Kind != TTK_Enum);
12094           if (SafeToContinue)
12095             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
12096               << Name
12097               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
12098                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
12099           else
12100             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
12101           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
12102 
12103           if (SafeToContinue)
12104             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
12105           else {
12106             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
12107             Name = nullptr;
12108             Previous.clear();
12109             Invalid = true;
12110           }
12111         }
12112 
12113         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
12114           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
12115 
12116           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
12117           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
12118           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12119             if (ScopedEnum)
12120               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
12121                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
12122                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
12123             return PrevTagDecl;
12124           }
12125 
12126           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
12127           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
12128             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
12129           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
12130             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
12131 
12132           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
12133           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
12134           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
12135           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
12136                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
12137                                      EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum))
12138             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
12139         }
12140 
12141         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
12142         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
12143         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
12144         //   and then later defined.
12145         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
12146             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
12147           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
12148           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12149         }
12150 
12151         if (!Invalid) {
12152           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
12153           // we have attributes.
12154 
12155           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
12156           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
12157           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
12158           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
12159           if (!Attr &&
12160               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
12161                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
12162                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
12163             return PrevTagDecl;
12164 
12165           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
12166           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12167             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
12168               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
12169               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
12170               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
12171               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
12172               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
12173                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
12174                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
12175                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
12176                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
12177                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
12178                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
12179                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
12180                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
12181               }
12182 
12183               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
12184               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12185                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
12186                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
12187                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
12188                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
12189                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
12190                 // use it in place of this one.
12191                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
12192                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
12193                 return Def;
12194               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
12195                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
12196                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
12197                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
12198                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
12199                 else
12200                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
12201                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12202                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
12203                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
12204                 // references get the previous definition.
12205                 Name = nullptr;
12206                 Previous.clear();
12207                 Invalid = true;
12208               }
12209             } else {
12210               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
12211               // about a nested redefinition.
12212               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
12213               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
12214                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
12215                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
12216                      diag::note_previous_definition);
12217                 Name = nullptr;
12218                 Previous.clear();
12219                 Invalid = true;
12220               }
12221             }
12222 
12223             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
12224             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
12225           }
12226 
12227           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
12228           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
12229           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
12230           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12231             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
12232             AS = AS_none;
12233           }
12234         }
12235         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
12236         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
12237 
12238       } else {
12239         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
12240         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
12241         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
12242         // have distinct types.
12243         Previous.clear();
12244       }
12245       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
12246       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
12247       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
12248 
12249 
12250     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
12251     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
12252     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
12253     } else {
12254       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
12255       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
12256       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
12257       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
12258           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
12259         unsigned Kind = 0;
12260         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12261         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12262         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12263         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
12264         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
12265         Invalid = true;
12266 
12267       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
12268       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
12269                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
12270         // do nothing
12271 
12272       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
12273       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12274         unsigned Kind = 0;
12275         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12276         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12277         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12278         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
12279         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12280         Invalid = true;
12281 
12282       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
12283       // case here.
12284       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12285         unsigned Kind = 0;
12286         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12287         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
12288           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
12289         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12290         Invalid = true;
12291 
12292       // Otherwise, diagnose.
12293       } else {
12294         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
12295         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
12296         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
12297         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12298         Name = nullptr;
12299         Invalid = true;
12300       }
12301 
12302       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
12303       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
12304       Previous.clear();
12305     }
12306   }
12307 
12308 CreateNewDecl:
12309 
12310   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12311   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
12312     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
12313 
12314   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
12315   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
12316   // keyword.
12317   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
12318 
12319   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
12320   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
12321   // PrevDecl.
12322   TagDecl *New;
12323 
12324   bool IsForwardReference = false;
12325   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12326     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12327     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
12328     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12329                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
12330                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
12331     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
12332     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
12333       TagDecl *Def;
12334       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
12335           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
12336         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
12337         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
12338       }
12339       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
12340         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
12341           << New;
12342         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12343       } else {
12344         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
12345         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
12346           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
12347         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12348           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
12349         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
12350 
12351         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
12352         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
12353         // the declaration context.
12354         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
12355           IsForwardReference = true;
12356       }
12357     }
12358 
12359     if (EnumUnderlying) {
12360       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
12361       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
12362         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
12363       else
12364         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
12365       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
12366     }
12367 
12368   } else {
12369     // struct/union/class
12370 
12371     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12372     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
12373     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12374       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
12375       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12376                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12377 
12378       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
12379         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
12380     } else
12381       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12382                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12383   }
12384 
12385   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
12386   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
12387   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12388     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
12389       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12390     Invalid = true;
12391   }
12392 
12393   // Maybe add qualifier info.
12394   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
12395     if (SS.isSet()) {
12396       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
12397       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
12398       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
12399       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
12400       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
12401       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
12402           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
12403           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
12404         Invalid = true;
12405 
12406       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
12407       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
12408         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
12409       }
12410     }
12411     else
12412       Invalid = true;
12413   }
12414 
12415   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
12416     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
12417     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
12418     //
12419     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
12420     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
12421     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
12422     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
12423     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
12424     // parsing of the struct).
12425     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12426       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
12427       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
12428     }
12429   }
12430 
12431   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
12432     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
12433       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
12434         << 2
12435         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
12436     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
12437     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
12438     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
12439     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12440       New->setModulePrivate();
12441   }
12442 
12443   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
12444   // check the specialization.
12445   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
12446     Invalid = true;
12447 
12448   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
12449   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
12450   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
12451   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
12452       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
12453     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12454       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
12455       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
12456       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
12457         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
12458             << Name;
12459         Invalid = true;
12460       }
12461     } else {
12462       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12463     }
12464     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
12465   }
12466 
12467   if (Invalid)
12468     New->setInvalidDecl();
12469 
12470   if (Attr)
12471     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12472 
12473   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
12474   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
12475   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
12476 
12477   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
12478   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
12479   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
12480   // the tag name visible.
12481   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
12482     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
12483 
12484   // Set the access specifier.
12485   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
12486     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
12487 
12488   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
12489     New->startDefinition();
12490 
12491   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12492   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12493     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
12494     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
12495     if (PrevDecl)
12496       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
12497 
12498     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12499     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12500     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
12501       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
12502         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
12503   } else if (Name) {
12504     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12505     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
12506     if (IsForwardReference)
12507       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12508 
12509   } else {
12510     CurContext->addDecl(New);
12511   }
12512 
12513   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
12514   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
12515     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
12516         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
12517         II->isStr("FILE"))
12518       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
12519 
12520   if (PrevDecl)
12521     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
12522 
12523   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12524   // record.
12525   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
12526 
12527   OwnedDecl = true;
12528   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
12529   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
12530   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
12531 }
12532 
12533 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12534   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12535   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12536 
12537   // Enter the tag context.
12538   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
12539 
12540   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
12541 
12542   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12543   // record.
12544   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
12545 }
12546 
12547 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
12548   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
12549          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
12550   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
12551   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
12552       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
12553   CurContext = OCD;
12554   return IDecl;
12555 }
12556 
12557 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12558                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
12559                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
12560                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
12561   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12562   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
12563 
12564   FieldCollector->StartClass();
12565 
12566   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
12567     return;
12568 
12569   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
12570     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
12571                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
12572 
12573   // C++ [class]p2:
12574   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
12575   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
12576   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
12577   //   as if it were a public member name.
12578   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
12579     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
12580                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
12581                             Record->getIdentifier(),
12582                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
12583                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
12584   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
12585   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
12586   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
12587   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
12588       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
12589   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
12590   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
12591          "Broken injected-class-name");
12592 }
12593 
12594 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12595                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
12596   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12597   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12598   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
12599 
12600   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12601   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12602     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
12603     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12604       RD->completeDefinition();
12605   }
12606 
12607   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
12608     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
12609 
12610   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
12611   PopDeclContext();
12612 
12613   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12614       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
12615     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
12616 
12617   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
12618   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
12619     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
12620 }
12621 
12622 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
12623   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
12624   PopDeclContext();
12625 }
12626 
12627 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12628   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
12629   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
12630   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
12631 }
12632 
12633 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12634   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
12635   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
12636 }
12637 
12638 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12639   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12640   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12641   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12642 
12643   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12644   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12645     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12646       RD->completeDefinition();
12647   }
12648 
12649   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12650   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12651   // the FieldCollector.
12652 
12653   PopDeclContext();
12654 }
12655 
12656 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12657 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12658                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12659                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12660                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12661   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12662   if (ZeroWidth)
12663     *ZeroWidth = true;
12664 
12665   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12666   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12667   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12668     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12669     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12670       return ExprError();
12671     if (FieldName)
12672       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12673         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12674     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12675       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12676   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12677                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12678     return ExprError();
12679 
12680   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12681   // it now.
12682   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12683     return BitWidth;
12684 
12685   llvm::APSInt Value;
12686   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12687   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12688     return ICE;
12689   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12690 
12691   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12692     *ZeroWidth = false;
12693 
12694   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12695   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12696     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12697 
12698   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12699     if (FieldName)
12700       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12701                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12702     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12703       << Value.toString(10);
12704   }
12705 
12706   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12707     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12708     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
12709     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
12710 
12711     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
12712     // ABI.
12713     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
12714         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
12715     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
12716         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
12717         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
12718     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
12719       unsigned DiagWidth =
12720           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
12721       if (FieldName)
12722         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
12723                << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12724                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
12725 
12726       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
12727              << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation
12728              << DiagWidth;
12729     }
12730 
12731     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
12732     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
12733     // 'bool'.
12734     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) {
12735       if (FieldName)
12736         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
12737             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12738             << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
12739       else
12740         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
12741             << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
12742     }
12743   }
12744 
12745   return BitWidth;
12746 }
12747 
12748 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12749 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12750 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12751                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12752   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12753                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12754                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12755   return Res;
12756 }
12757 
12758 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12759 ///
12760 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12761                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12762                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12763                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12764                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12765   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12766   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12767   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12768 
12769   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12770   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12771   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12772     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12773 
12774     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12775                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12776       D.setInvalidType();
12777       T = Context.IntTy;
12778       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12779     }
12780   }
12781 
12782   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12783   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12784     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12785     D.setInvalidType();
12786   }
12787 
12788   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12789   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12790   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12791     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12792     D.setInvalidType();
12793   }
12794 
12795   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12796 
12797   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12798     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12799          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12800       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12801 
12802   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12803   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12804   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12805   LookupName(Previous, S);
12806   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12807     case LookupResult::Found:
12808     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12809       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12810       break;
12811 
12812     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12813       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12814       break;
12815 
12816     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12817     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12818     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12819       break;
12820   }
12821   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12822 
12823   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12824     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12825     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12826     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12827     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12828   }
12829 
12830   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12831     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12832 
12833   bool Mutable
12834     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12835   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12836   FieldDecl *NewFD
12837     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12838                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12839 
12840   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12841     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12842 
12843   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12844     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12845 
12846   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12847     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12848     // with the same name in the same scope.
12849   } else if (II) {
12850     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12851   } else
12852     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12853 
12854   return NewFD;
12855 }
12856 
12857 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12858 ///
12859 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12860 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12861 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12862 /// created.
12863 ///
12864 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12865 ///
12866 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12867 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12868                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12869                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12870                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12871                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12872                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12873                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12874                                 Declarator *D) {
12875   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12876   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12877   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12878 
12879   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12880   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12881   if (T.isNull()) {
12882     InvalidDecl = true;
12883     T = Context.IntTy;
12884   }
12885 
12886   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12887   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12888     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12889       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12890       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12891       InvalidDecl = true;
12892     } else {
12893       NamedDecl *Def;
12894       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12895       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12896         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12897         InvalidDecl = true;
12898       }
12899     }
12900   }
12901 
12902   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12903   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12904     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12905     InvalidDecl = true;
12906   }
12907 
12908   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12909   // than a variably modified type.
12910   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12911     bool SizeIsNegative;
12912     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12913 
12914     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12915       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12916                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12917                                                     Oversized);
12918     if (FixedTInfo) {
12919       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12920       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12921       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12922     } else {
12923       if (SizeIsNegative)
12924         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12925       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12926         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12927           << Oversized.toString(10);
12928       else
12929         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12930       InvalidDecl = true;
12931     }
12932   }
12933 
12934   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12935   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12936                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12937                                              AbstractFieldType))
12938     InvalidDecl = true;
12939 
12940   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12941   if (InvalidDecl)
12942     BitWidth = nullptr;
12943   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12944   if (BitWidth) {
12945     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12946                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12947     if (!BitWidth) {
12948       InvalidDecl = true;
12949       BitWidth = nullptr;
12950       ZeroWidth = false;
12951     }
12952   }
12953 
12954   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12955   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12956     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12957     if (T->isReferenceType())
12958       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
12959                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
12960     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12961       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12962 
12963     if (DiagID) {
12964       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12965       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12966         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12967       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12968       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
12969         Mutable = false;
12970         InvalidDecl = true;
12971       }
12972     }
12973   }
12974 
12975   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12976   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12977   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12978   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12979     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12980 
12981   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12982                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12983   if (InvalidDecl)
12984     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12985 
12986   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12987     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12988     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12989     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12990   }
12991 
12992   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12993     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12994       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12995         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12996         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12997           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12998           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12999           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
13000           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
13001           // objects.
13002           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
13003             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13004         }
13005       }
13006 
13007       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
13008       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
13009       // enabled.
13010       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
13011         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
13012                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
13013                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
13014           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
13015         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
13016           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13017       }
13018     }
13019   }
13020 
13021   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
13022   // representation, not a parser representation.
13023   if (D) {
13024     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
13025     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
13026 
13027     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
13028       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
13029   }
13030 
13031   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
13032   // retainable type.
13033   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
13034     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13035 
13036   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
13037     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
13038 
13039   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
13040   return NewFD;
13041 }
13042 
13043 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
13044   assert(FD);
13045   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
13046 
13047   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
13048     return false;
13049 
13050   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13051   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13052     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
13053     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
13054       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
13055       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
13056       // copy constructors.
13057 
13058       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
13059       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
13060       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
13061       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
13062       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
13063       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
13064       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
13065         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
13066       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
13067         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
13068       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
13069         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
13070       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
13071         member = CXXDestructor;
13072 
13073       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
13074         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
13075             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
13076           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
13077           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
13078           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
13079           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
13080           // members unavailable.
13081           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
13082           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
13083             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
13084               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
13085                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
13086             return false;
13087           }
13088         }
13089 
13090         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
13091                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
13092                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
13093           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
13094         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
13095         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
13096       }
13097     }
13098   }
13099 
13100   return false;
13101 }
13102 
13103 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
13104 ///  AST enum value.
13105 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
13106 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
13107   switch (ivarVisibility) {
13108   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
13109   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
13110   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
13111   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
13112   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
13113   }
13114 }
13115 
13116 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
13117 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
13118 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
13119                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
13120                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
13121                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
13122 
13123   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13124   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
13125   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
13126   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
13127 
13128   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
13129   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
13130 
13131   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13132   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
13133 
13134   if (BitWidth) {
13135     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
13136     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
13137     if (!BitWidth)
13138       D.setInvalidType();
13139   } else {
13140     // Not a bitfield.
13141 
13142     // validate II.
13143 
13144   }
13145   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
13146     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
13147     D.setInvalidType();
13148   }
13149   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
13150   // than a variably modified type.
13151   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
13152     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
13153     D.setInvalidType();
13154   }
13155 
13156   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
13157   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
13158     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
13159                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
13160   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
13161   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
13162   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
13163     return nullptr;
13164   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
13165   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13166       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13167     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
13168     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
13169       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
13170       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
13171     }
13172     else
13173       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
13174   } else {
13175     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13176         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13177       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
13178         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
13179         return nullptr;
13180       }
13181     }
13182     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
13183   }
13184 
13185   // Construct the decl.
13186   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
13187                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
13188                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
13189 
13190   if (II) {
13191     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
13192                                            ForRedeclaration);
13193     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
13194         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13195       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
13196       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13197       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13198     }
13199   }
13200 
13201   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
13202   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
13203 
13204   if (D.isInvalidType())
13205     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13206 
13207   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
13208   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
13209     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13210 
13211   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13212     NewID->setModulePrivate();
13213 
13214   if (II) {
13215     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
13216     // these to the interface.
13217     S->AddDecl(NewID);
13218     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
13219   }
13220 
13221   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
13222       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
13223     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
13224 
13225   return NewID;
13226 }
13227 
13228 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
13229 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
13230 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
13231 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
13232 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
13233                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
13234   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
13235     return;
13236 
13237   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
13238   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
13239 
13240   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
13241     return;
13242   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
13243   if (!ID) {
13244     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
13245       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
13246         return;
13247     }
13248     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
13249     else
13250       return;
13251   }
13252   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
13253   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
13254   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
13255 
13256   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
13257                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
13258                               Context.CharTy,
13259                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
13260                                                                DeclLoc),
13261                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
13262                               true);
13263   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
13264 }
13265 
13266 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
13267                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
13268                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
13269   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
13270 
13271   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
13272   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
13273   // it will now change.
13274   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13275     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13276     switch (DC->getKind()) {
13277     default: break;
13278     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
13279       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13280       break;
13281     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
13282       Context.
13283         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13284       break;
13285     }
13286   }
13287 
13288   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13289 
13290   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
13291   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
13292   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
13293   if (Record) {
13294     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
13295       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
13296         if (IFD->getDeclName())
13297           ++NumNamedMembers;
13298     }
13299   }
13300 
13301   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
13302   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
13303 
13304   bool ARCErrReported = false;
13305   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
13306        i != end; ++i) {
13307     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
13308 
13309     // Get the type for the field.
13310     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
13311 
13312     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
13313       // Remember all fields written by the user.
13314       RecFields.push_back(FD);
13315     }
13316 
13317     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
13318     // diagnostics about it.
13319     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13320       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13321       continue;
13322     }
13323 
13324     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
13325     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
13326     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
13327     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
13328     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
13329     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
13330     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
13331     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
13332     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
13333     //   array.
13334     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
13335       // Field declared as a function.
13336       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
13337         << FD->getDeclName();
13338       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13339       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13340       continue;
13341     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
13342                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
13343                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
13344                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
13345                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
13346       // Flexible array member.
13347       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
13348       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
13349       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
13350       unsigned DiagID = 0;
13351       if (Record->isUnion())
13352         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13353                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
13354                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13355                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
13356                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
13357       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
13358         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13359                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
13360                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13361                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
13362                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
13363                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
13364                                  : 0;
13365 
13366       if (DiagID)
13367         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
13368                                         << Record->getTagKind();
13369       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
13370       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
13371       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
13372       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
13373       // of the type.
13374       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
13375         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
13376           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
13377             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13378       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
13379         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
13380           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13381 
13382       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
13383       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
13384       //
13385       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
13386       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
13387       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13388       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
13389         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
13390           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13391         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13392         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13393         continue;
13394       }
13395       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
13396       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13397     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
13398                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13399                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
13400       // Incomplete type
13401       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13402       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13403       continue;
13404     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13405       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
13406         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
13407         // flexible array member.
13408         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13409         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
13410           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
13411           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
13412           // structures.
13413           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
13414             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
13415               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13416           else {
13417             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
13418             // other structs as an extension.
13419             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
13420               << FD->getDeclName();
13421           }
13422         }
13423       }
13424       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
13425           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13426                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13427                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
13428         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
13429         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13430       }
13431       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13432         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13433       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
13434         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13435     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
13436       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
13437       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
13438         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
13439       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
13440       FD->setType(T);
13441     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
13442                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
13443       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
13444       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
13445       // so we just make the field unavailable.
13446       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
13447       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
13448       QualType T = FD->getType();
13449       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
13450       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
13451         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
13452         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
13453           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
13454             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
13455                           UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc));
13456           }
13457         } else {
13458           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
13459             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
13460         }
13461         ARCErrReported = true;
13462       }
13463     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
13464                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
13465                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
13466       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13467           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
13468         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13469       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
13470         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13471         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
13472             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13473           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13474         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13475                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
13476                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13477       }
13478     }
13479     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
13480       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13481     // Keep track of the number of named members.
13482     if (FD->getIdentifier())
13483       ++NumNamedMembers;
13484   }
13485 
13486   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
13487   if (Record) {
13488     bool Completed = false;
13489     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
13490       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
13491         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
13492         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
13493                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
13494                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
13495           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
13496 
13497         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
13498           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
13499             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
13500             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13501               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
13502                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
13503           }
13504 
13505           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
13506           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
13507 
13508           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
13509           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
13510           // problem now.
13511           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
13512             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
13513             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
13514 
13515             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
13516                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
13517                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
13518               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
13519                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
13520                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
13521                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
13522                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
13523                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
13524                   continue;
13525 
13526                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
13527                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
13528                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
13529                 //   program is ill-formed.
13530                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
13531                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
13532                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
13533                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
13534                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
13535                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
13536                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
13537                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
13538                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
13539                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
13540 
13541                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
13542               }
13543             }
13544             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
13545             Completed = true;
13546           }
13547         }
13548       }
13549     }
13550 
13551     if (!Completed)
13552       Record->completeDefinition();
13553 
13554     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
13555       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
13556 
13557       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
13558         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
13559                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
13560                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
13561     }
13562 
13563     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
13564     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
13565     // compatibility problems.
13566     bool CheckForZeroSize;
13567     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13568       CheckForZeroSize = true;
13569     } else {
13570       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
13571       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
13572       CheckForZeroSize =
13573           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
13574           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
13575           CXXRecord->isCLike();
13576     }
13577     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
13578       bool ZeroSize = true;
13579       bool IsEmpty = true;
13580       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
13581       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
13582                                       E = Record->field_end();
13583            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
13584         IsEmpty = false;
13585         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
13586           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
13587             ZeroSize = false;
13588         } else {
13589           ++NonBitFields;
13590           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
13591           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
13592               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
13593             ZeroSize = false;
13594         }
13595       }
13596 
13597       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
13598       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
13599       // extern "C" block.
13600       if (ZeroSize) {
13601         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
13602                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
13603                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
13604           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
13605       }
13606 
13607       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
13608       // but are accepted by GCC.
13609       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13610         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
13611                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
13612           << Record->isUnion();
13613       }
13614     }
13615   } else {
13616     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
13617       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
13618     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13619       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
13620       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
13621       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13622         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
13623         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13624       }
13625       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
13626       // duplicates.
13627       if (ID->getSuperClass())
13628         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
13629     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13630                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13631       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
13632       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
13633         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
13634         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
13635         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
13636       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
13637       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13638       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13639     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13640                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13641       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
13642       // reported as errors elsewhere.
13643       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
13644       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
13645       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
13646       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
13647       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
13648       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13649         if (IDecl) {
13650           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
13651               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13652             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13653                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13654             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13655             continue;
13656           }
13657           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13658             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13659                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13660               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13661                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13662               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13663               continue;
13664             }
13665           }
13666         }
13667         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13668         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13669       }
13670       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13671       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13672     }
13673   }
13674 
13675   if (Attr)
13676     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13677 }
13678 
13679 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13680 /// the given type T.
13681 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13682                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13683                                         QualType T) {
13684   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13685   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13686 
13687   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13688     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13689       --BitWidth;
13690     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13691   }
13692   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13693 }
13694 
13695 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13696 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13697 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13698   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13699   // enum checking below.
13700   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13701   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13702   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13703     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13704   };
13705   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13706     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13707     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13708   };
13709 
13710   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13711   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13712                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13713   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13714     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13715       return Types[I];
13716 
13717   return QualType();
13718 }
13719 
13720 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13721                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13722                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13723                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13724                                           Expr *Val) {
13725   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13726   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13727   QualType EltTy;
13728 
13729   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13730     Val = nullptr;
13731 
13732   if (Val)
13733     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13734 
13735   if (Val) {
13736     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13737       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13738     else {
13739       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13740       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13741           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13742         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13743         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13744         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13745         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13746         ExprResult Converted =
13747           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13748                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13749         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13750           Val = nullptr;
13751         else
13752           Val = Converted.get();
13753       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13754                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13755                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13756         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13757       } else {
13758         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13759           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13760 
13761           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13762           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13763           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13764           // expression checking.
13765           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13766             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13767               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13768               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13769             } else
13770               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13771           } else
13772             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13773         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13774           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13775           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13776           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13777           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13778           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13779           EltTy = Val->getType();
13780         } else {
13781           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13782           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13783           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13784           //   representable as an int.
13785 
13786           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13787           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13788             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13789               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13790               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13791           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13792             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13793             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13794           }
13795           EltTy = Val->getType();
13796         }
13797       }
13798     }
13799   }
13800 
13801   if (!Val) {
13802     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13803       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13804     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13805       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13806       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13807       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13808       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13809       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13810       //
13811       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13812       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13813       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13814         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13815       }
13816       else {
13817         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13818       }
13819     } else {
13820       // Assign the last value + 1.
13821       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13822       ++EnumVal;
13823       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13824 
13825       // Check for overflow on increment.
13826       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13827         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13828         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13829         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13830         //
13831         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13832         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13833         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13834         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13835         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13836         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13837         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13838         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13839           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13840           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13841           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13842           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13843           ++EnumVal;
13844           if (Enum->isFixed())
13845             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13846             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13847               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13848               << EltTy;
13849           else
13850             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13851               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13852         } else {
13853           EltTy = T;
13854         }
13855 
13856         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13857         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13858         // value, then increment.
13859         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13860         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13861         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13862         ++EnumVal;
13863 
13864         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13865         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13866         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13867         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13868         // integral type.
13869         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13870           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13871       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13872                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13873         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13874         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13875           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13876       }
13877     }
13878   }
13879 
13880   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13881     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13882     // enumerator's type.
13883     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13884     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13885   }
13886 
13887   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13888                                   Val, EnumVal);
13889 }
13890 
13891 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
13892                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
13893   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
13894       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13895     return SkipBodyInfo();
13896 
13897   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
13898   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
13899   // skip the body.
13900   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13901                                          ForRedeclaration);
13902   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
13903   if (!PrevECD)
13904     return SkipBodyInfo();
13905 
13906   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
13907   NamedDecl *Hidden;
13908   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
13909     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
13910     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
13911     return Skip;
13912   }
13913 
13914   return SkipBodyInfo();
13915 }
13916 
13917 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13918                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13919                               AttributeList *Attr,
13920                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13921   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13922   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13923     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13924 
13925   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13926   // we find one that is.
13927   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13928 
13929   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13930   // scope.
13931   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13932                                          ForRedeclaration);
13933   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13934     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13935     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13936     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13937     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13938   }
13939 
13940   if (PrevDecl) {
13941     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13942     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13943     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13944            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13945     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13946       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13947         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13948       else
13949         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13950       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13951       return nullptr;
13952     }
13953   }
13954 
13955   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13956   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13957   // different from T:
13958   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13959   // enumerated type
13960   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
13961     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
13962                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
13963 
13964   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13965     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13966 
13967   if (New) {
13968     // Process attributes.
13969     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13970 
13971     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13972     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13973     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13974   }
13975 
13976   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13977 
13978   return New;
13979 }
13980 
13981 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13982 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13983 // Element2 = Element1
13984 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13985 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13986 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13987 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13988   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13989   if (!InitExpr)
13990     return true;
13991   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13992 
13993   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13994     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13995       return true;
13996     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13997     if (!IL)
13998       return true;
13999     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
14000       return true;
14001 
14002     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
14003   }
14004 
14005   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
14006   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
14007   if (!DRE)
14008     return true;
14009 
14010   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
14011   if (!EnumConstant)
14012     return true;
14013 
14014   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
14015       Enum)
14016     return true;
14017 
14018   return false;
14019 }
14020 
14021 namespace {
14022 struct DupKey {
14023   int64_t val;
14024   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
14025   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
14026     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
14027 };
14028 
14029 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
14030   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
14031                 false);
14032 }
14033 
14034 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
14035   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
14036   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
14037   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
14038     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
14039   }
14040   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
14041     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
14042            LHS.val == RHS.val;
14043   }
14044 };
14045 } // end anonymous namespace
14046 
14047 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
14048 // a previous element has already been set to.
14049 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
14050                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
14051                                         QualType EnumType) {
14052   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
14053     return;
14054   // Avoid anonymous enums
14055   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
14056     return;
14057 
14058   // Only check for small enums.
14059   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
14060     return;
14061 
14062   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
14063   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
14064 
14065   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
14066   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
14067           ValueToVectorMap;
14068 
14069   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
14070   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
14071 
14072   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
14073   // an initialier.
14074   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14075     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14076 
14077     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
14078     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
14079     if (!ECD) {
14080       return;
14081     }
14082 
14083     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
14084       continue;
14085 
14086     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
14087     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
14088 
14089     // First time encountering this value.
14090     if (Entry.isNull())
14091       Entry = ECD;
14092   }
14093 
14094   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
14095   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14096     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14097     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
14098       continue;
14099 
14100     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
14101 
14102     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
14103     if (Entry.isNull())
14104       continue;
14105 
14106     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
14107       // Ensure constants are different.
14108       if (D == ECD)
14109         continue;
14110 
14111       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
14112       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
14113       Vec->push_back(D);
14114       Vec->push_back(ECD);
14115 
14116       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
14117       Entry = Vec;
14118 
14119       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
14120       // diagnostics.
14121       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
14122       continue;
14123     }
14124 
14125     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
14126     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
14127     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
14128       continue;
14129 
14130     Vec->push_back(ECD);
14131   }
14132 
14133   // Emit diagnostics.
14134   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
14135                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
14136        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
14137     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
14138     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
14139 
14140     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
14141     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
14142     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
14143       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
14144       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
14145     ++I;
14146 
14147     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
14148     // the same value.
14149     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
14150       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
14151         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
14152         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
14153     delete Vec;
14154   }
14155 }
14156 
14157 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
14158                              bool AllowMask) const {
14159   assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
14160   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
14161 
14162   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
14163   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
14164 
14165   if (R.second) {
14166     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
14167       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
14168       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
14169       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
14170         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
14171     }
14172   }
14173 
14174   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
14175   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
14176   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
14177   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
14178   //
14179   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
14180   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
14181   // likely a logic error.
14182   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
14183   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
14184 }
14185 
14186 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
14187                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
14188                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
14189                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
14190   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
14191   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
14192 
14193   if (Attr)
14194     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
14195 
14196   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
14197     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14198       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
14199         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14200       if (!ECD) continue;
14201 
14202       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14203     }
14204 
14205     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
14206     return;
14207   }
14208 
14209   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
14210   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
14211   // emit a warning.
14212   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
14213   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
14214   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
14215 
14216   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
14217   // reverse the list.
14218   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
14219   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
14220 
14221   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
14222   bool AllElementsInt = true;
14223 
14224   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14225     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
14226       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14227     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14228 
14229     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14230 
14231     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
14232     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
14233       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
14234                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
14235     else
14236       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
14237                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
14238 
14239     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
14240     if (AllElementsInt)
14241       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
14242   }
14243 
14244   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
14245   QualType BestType;
14246   unsigned BestWidth;
14247 
14248   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
14249   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
14250   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
14251   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
14252   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
14253   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
14254   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
14255   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
14256   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
14257   QualType BestPromotionType;
14258 
14259   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
14260   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
14261   // enum definitions.
14262   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
14263     Packed = true;
14264 
14265   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14266     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
14267     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
14268       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
14269     else
14270       BestPromotionType = BestType;
14271 
14272     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
14273   }
14274   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
14275     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
14276     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
14277     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14278     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
14279       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
14280       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14281     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
14282                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
14283       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
14284       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14285     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
14286       BestType = Context.IntTy;
14287       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14288     } else {
14289       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
14290 
14291       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
14292         BestType = Context.LongTy;
14293       } else {
14294         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14295 
14296         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
14297           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
14298         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
14299       }
14300     }
14301     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
14302   } else {
14303     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
14304     // all of the enumerator values.
14305     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14306     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
14307       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
14308       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14309       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14310     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
14311       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
14312       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14313       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14314     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
14315       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
14316       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14317       BestPromotionType
14318         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14319                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
14320     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
14321                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
14322       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
14323       BestPromotionType
14324         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14325                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
14326     } else {
14327       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14328       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
14329              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
14330       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
14331       BestPromotionType
14332         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14333                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
14334     }
14335   }
14336 
14337   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
14338   // the type of the enum if needed.
14339   for (auto *D : Elements) {
14340     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14341     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14342 
14343     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
14344     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
14345     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
14346     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
14347     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
14348 
14349     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
14350     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14351 
14352     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
14353     // the enum decl type.
14354     QualType NewTy;
14355     unsigned NewWidth;
14356     bool NewSign;
14357     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14358         !Enum->isFixed() &&
14359         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
14360       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
14361       NewWidth = IntWidth;
14362       NewSign = true;
14363     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
14364       // Already the right type!
14365       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14366         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14367         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14368         // enumeration.
14369         ECD->setType(EnumType);
14370       continue;
14371     } else {
14372       NewTy = BestType;
14373       NewWidth = BestWidth;
14374       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
14375     }
14376 
14377     // Adjust the APSInt value.
14378     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
14379     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
14380     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
14381 
14382     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
14383     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
14384         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
14385       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
14386                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
14387                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
14388                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
14389                                                 VK_RValue));
14390     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14391       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14392       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14393       // enumeration.
14394       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14395     else
14396       ECD->setType(NewTy);
14397   }
14398 
14399   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
14400                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
14401 
14402   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
14403 
14404   if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) {
14405     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
14406       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14407       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14408 
14409       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14410       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
14411           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
14412         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
14413           << ECD << Enum;
14414     }
14415   }
14416 
14417   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
14418   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
14419     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
14420 }
14421 
14422 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
14423                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
14424                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
14425   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
14426 
14427   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
14428                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
14429                                                    EndLoc);
14430   CurContext->addDecl(New);
14431   return New;
14432 }
14433 
14434 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
14435                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14436                                      DeclContext *DC) {
14437   SourceLocation ExternCLoc;
14438 
14439   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
14440     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
14441     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
14442       if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid())
14443         ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart();
14444       break;
14445     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
14446       break;
14447     }
14448     DC = LSD->getParent();
14449   }
14450 
14451   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
14452     DC = DC->getParent();
14453 
14454   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
14455     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal)
14456         << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
14457     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
14458            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC;
14459   } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) {
14460     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c)
14461       << M->getFullModuleName();
14462     S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
14463   }
14464 }
14465 
14466 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) {
14467   return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext);
14468 }
14469 
14470 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
14471                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14472                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
14473   Module *Mod =
14474       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
14475                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
14476   if (!Mod)
14477     return true;
14478 
14479   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
14480 
14481   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
14482 
14483   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
14484   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
14485   // silently ignoring the import.
14486   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
14487     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
14488         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
14489   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
14490     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
14491         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
14492 
14493   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
14494   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
14495   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
14496     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
14497     // We need the length to be consistent.
14498     if (!ModCheck)
14499       break;
14500     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
14501 
14502     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
14503   }
14504 
14505   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
14506                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
14507                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
14508                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
14509   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
14510   return Import;
14511 }
14512 
14513 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14514   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14515 
14516   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
14517   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
14518   // implementation detail of us building the module.
14519   //
14520   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
14521   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
14522       TUKind == TU_Module &&
14523       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
14524 
14525   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
14526   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
14527   if (!IsInModuleIncludes) {
14528     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14529     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14530                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
14531                                                      DirectiveLoc);
14532     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14533     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14534   }
14535 
14536   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
14537   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14538 }
14539 
14540 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14541   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14542 
14543   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
14544     VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules));
14545   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14546 }
14547 
14548 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14549   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14550 
14551   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
14552     VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back());
14553     VisibleModulesStack.pop_back();
14554     VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14555   }
14556 }
14557 
14558 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
14559                                                       Module *Mod) {
14560   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
14561   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
14562     return;
14563 
14564   // Create the implicit import declaration.
14565   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14566   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14567                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
14568   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14569   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14570 
14571   // Make the module visible.
14572   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
14573   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
14574 }
14575 
14576 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14577                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14578                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14579                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
14580                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14581   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
14582                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
14583   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
14584       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
14585 
14586   // If a declaration that:
14587   // 1) declares a function or a variable
14588   // 2) has external linkage
14589   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
14590   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
14591     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
14592       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
14593     else
14594       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
14595           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
14596   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
14597   } else
14598     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
14599 }
14600 
14601 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14602                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14603                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
14604   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
14605 
14606   if (PrevDecl) {
14607     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
14608   } else {
14609     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14610       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
14611         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
14612   }
14613 }
14614 
14615 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14616                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14617                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14618                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
14619                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14620   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
14621                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14622   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
14623 
14624   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
14625     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
14626       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
14627         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
14628   } else {
14629     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14630       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
14631   }
14632 }
14633 
14634 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
14635   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
14636 }
14637 
14638 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
14639   const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
14640   if (!D)
14641     return AR_Available;
14642 
14643   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
14644   // both the availability of the method as well as the
14645   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
14646   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
14647   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
14648   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
14649     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
14650     if (R != AR_Available)
14651       return R;
14652     D = MD->getClassInterface();
14653   }
14654   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
14655   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
14656   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
14657             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
14658     D = ID->getClassInterface();
14659   }
14660   // Recover from user error.
14661   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
14662 }
14663